JP2023110405A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine which can increase the interest of a player by improving the game property.SOLUTION: A game machine includes: special pattern determination means which can determine any of a plurality of special patterns including a specific pattern associated with execution of the big winning port opening game and a particular pattern different from the specific pattern on the basis of the establishment of a prescribed condition; and setting means which can set any of a plurality of game states including a first game state, a second game state with the lower advantageous degree than the first game state and a third game state with the higher advantageous degree than the first game state. The game machine sets the second game state when the particular pattern is determined in the first game state, sets the third game state when the big winning port opening game based on the determination of the specific pattern ends, and performs setting such that the second game state ends when the prescribed end condition is established but the third game state does not end even when the prescribed end condition is established.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 59

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

Conventionally, as this type of gaming machine, a winning lottery for determining whether or not to execute a special game triggered by the entry of a game ball into a starting winning hole provided in a game area, and a special symbol indicating the result of the winning lottery. Along with the determination, the variable display of the special symbols is executed, and the stop display of the specific symbols (jackpot symbols) indicating that the result of the winning lottery is to execute the special game (win the jackpot) is performed. It is known that a special game is executed in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained.
In such a gaming machine, in order to increase the interest of the player, a plurality of game states with different degrees of advantage are provided, and when a predetermined specific pattern is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is changed to the degree of advantage. different game states (for example, time-saving game state, etc.).
In addition, in recent years, in order to increase the interest of players, in the above-mentioned lottery, in addition to the lottery result to the effect that a special game will be executed, a game state (time saving game state) with different degrees of advantage is set without going through a special game. A game that sets a game state with different degrees of advantage without going through a special game by making it possible to derive the specific lottery result to the effect that the specific lottery result will be played, and by performing a stop display of a special pattern (time saving pattern) that indicates the specific lottery result. A machine has also been devised (see Patent Document 1).

JP 2021-78994 A

According to the gaming machine described above, it is possible to enhance the interest of the player. was expected to appear.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of improving game playability and increasing interest of players.

In order to achieve the above objects, the present invention is configured as follows.
(1) The gaming machine according to the present invention provides specific symbols associated with the execution of a game for opening a large winning opening that can be opened and closed by lottery based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and the specific symbols. A special symbol determination means capable of determining any one of a plurality of special symbols including special symbols different from the symbols, a first game state, a second game state having a lower advantage than the first game state, and setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including a third game state having a higher degree of advantage than the first game state and the second game state, wherein the setting means When the special symbol is determined in the first game state, the second game state is set, and when the big winning opening opening game based on the determination of the specific symbol is completed, the third game state is set, and the The second game state is terminated when a predetermined termination condition is satisfied, but the third game state is not terminated even when the predetermined termination condition is satisfied.

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, when a specific symbol associated with execution of a large winning opening opening game in which a large winning opening that can be opened and closed is determined, a large winning opening opening game based on the determination of the specific symbol is completed, a third game state with a higher advantage than the first game state and the second game state is set, and when a special pattern different from the specific pattern is determined, a second game state with a lower advantage than the first game state is set. A game state is set, and although the second game state ends when a predetermined end condition is satisfied, the third game state does not end even if a predetermined end condition is satisfied.
That is, according to the gaming machine according to the present invention, the trigger for ending each game state set based on the determination of the specific symbols and the determination of the special symbols are different, and the variation of the end of the game state is rich. It is possible to improve amusement and heighten the interest of the player.

(2) In addition, the gaming machine according to the present invention includes specific symbols associated with execution of a game for opening a large winning opening that can be opened by lottery based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and Special symbol determination means capable of determining any one of a plurality of special symbols including a first special symbol and a second special symbol which are special symbols different from the specific symbol, a first game state, from the first game state Any one of a plurality of game states including a second game state with a lower degree of advantage and a third game state with a higher degree of advantage than the first game state and the second game state can be set. and setting means, wherein the setting means sets the second game state when the first special symbol is determined in the first game state, and the second special symbol is set in the first game state. When the symbol is determined, the third game state is set, and when the first special symbol or the second special symbol is determined in the second game state, the second game state is maintained, and the Although the second game state ends when a predetermined end condition is satisfied, the third game state may not end even when the predetermined end condition is satisfied.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of improving game playability and increasing interest of the player.

1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment with a front door opened; FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. It is an enlarged view of the second start winning opening and the movable piece of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a schematic front view of the inside of the attacker device of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 1 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of a pachinko machine according to a first embodiment; FIG. It is an explanatory diagram of a win-or-fail random number determination table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is explanatory drawing of the special symbol random number determination table of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is an explanatory diagram of a special electric accessory operation table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory view of a game state setting table of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a stop display time table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory view of a hit determination random number determination table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a normal symbol variation pattern determination table of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is an explanatory diagram of a movable piece operation control table of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the initialization process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the power failure evacuation process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of a process at the time of sensor detection in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of gate detection in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the first start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the second start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the prior determination process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of the specific area|region detection in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special-figure related control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on 1st form. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the outline of the winning judgment processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine concerning the 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern determination process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the special symbol fluctuation|variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the after-stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart showing an outline of a special game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special game end processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the normal figure related control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart showing an outline of normal symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol stop post-processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment. 4 is a flowchart showing an outline of movable piece control processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the first embodiment; It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each effect state of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is an explanatory diagram of a variable effect determination table of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is an explanatory diagram of a variable effect determination table of the pachinko machine according to the first form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the game state setting related command reception process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the power interruption recovery command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the stop display completion|finish command reception process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern command reception process in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 1st form. It is an explanatory diagram of a win/fail random number determination table of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is explanatory drawing of the special symbol random number determination table of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 2nd form. It is an explanatory diagram of a special electric accessory operation table of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a game state setting table of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is an explanatory diagram of a stop display time table of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of a process at the time of special area detection in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 2nd form. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the win/loss determination process in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 2nd form. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is a flow chart showing an outline of a game state setting process at the time of stop display in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the after-stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 2nd form. It is a flowchart showing an outline of a small winning game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second form. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special game end processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine according to the second embodiment. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of the pachinko machine which concerns on a 2nd form.

(first form)
A first embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
(External configuration of pachinko machine P)
The gaming machine according to this embodiment is a pachinko machine P that uses game balls as game media. Although not shown in particular, in a game hall where pachinko machines P are installed, a plurality of pachinko machines P are arranged side by side in a game machine installation area called an island, and a game for renting out game balls is provided. A ball lending device is installed adjacent to each pachinko machine P. Each pachinko machine P is connected to a corresponding game ball lending device R.
The game ball lending device R is capable of inserting a storage medium (card) in which value information necessary for inserting banknotes and lending game balls is stored. After inserting banknotes (or inserting a card) into the game ball lending device R, by performing a predetermined operation on the pachinko machine P, it is possible to receive game balls from the game ball lending device R. It is possible.

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. A body frame 2 which is a rectangular frame body attached to the machine frame 1 so as to be openable and closable by means of a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown), and which has a hollow portion (not particularly shown), and the body frame. A front door 3 is attached to the door 2 by a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown) so that it can be opened and closed, and has an opening (not particularly shown) formed in the front.

A speaker serving as an audio output device 10 is provided at the lower left portion of the machine frame 1, as shown in FIG. A game board 11 for forming a game area 12 is accommodated in the hollow portion of the body frame 2 . The front door 3 also has a transparent plate 4 covering the opening, an upper plate 6 and a receiving tray 7 positioned below the transparent plate 4 and capable of receiving game balls, and a game ball mounted on the right side of the receiving tray 7. An operation handle 5 for performing a shooting operation, and a speaker as an audio output device 10 attached one each to the upper left and right sides of the transparent plate 4 are provided.

In this pachinko machine P, when the body frame 2 is closed with respect to the machine frame 1 and the front door 3 is closed, the transparent plate 4 is positioned in front of the game board 11 with a gap therebetween. As a result, the game board 11 positioned behind can be viewed through the transparent plate 4 .

In addition, game balls rented by the game ball renting device R and prize balls paid out from the pachinko machine P are led to the upper plate 6.例文帳に追加The upper tray 6 can receive a predetermined amount of game balls, and when the upper tray 6 is filled with the game balls, the game balls to be lent or put out after that are guided to the receiving tray 7. It's like Also, although not shown, the bottom surface of the tray 7 is provided with a discharge hole for discharging the stored game balls and an opening/closing plate capable of opening and closing the discharge hole. In the normal state, the discharge hole is closed by the opening and closing plate, but by moving the opening and closing lever 8 (see FIG. 1) attached integrally with the opening and closing plate in the lateral direction, the opening and closing plate also moves in the same direction, and the discharge hole is discharged. A hole is opened. Thereby, the game ball can be dropped from the discharge hole and discharged to the outside of the receiving tray 7. - 特許庁

Further, the operating handle 5 is formed so that the player can rotate it in a predetermined direction. Then, when the player rotates the operating handle 5, the game balls received in the upper tray 6 are sent to a shooting device (not particularly shown), and are fired at an intensity corresponding to the rotation angle of the operating handle 5. A game ball is shot toward a game area 12 by a shooting device. The game balls shot in this manner are guided by a pair of rails 13 a and 13 b fixed to the game board 11 and rise to reach the game area 12 .

Here, the game area 12 is fixed to the game board 11 in the space formed between the game board 11 and the transparent plate 4 when the main body frame 2 and the front door 3 are closed with respect to the machine frame 1. It is a substantially circular portion partitioned by a pair of rails 13a and 13b, and is an area in which game balls can flow down.
As shown in FIG. 3, the game areas 12 are a first game area 12a on the left side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P, and an area on the right side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P. and the second game area 12b. These two game areas 12 are different in the possibility of game ball entry depending on the firing intensity of the launcher. Specifically, when the firing strength of the firing device is less than a predetermined strength (strength to the extent that the game ball fired by the firing device does not reach the highest point of the game area 12), the game ball is placed in the first game area Enter 12a. On the other hand, when the shooting intensity of the shooting device is equal to or higher than a predetermined intensity (strength that allows the game ball shot by the shooting device to reach the highest point in the game area 12), the game ball is sent to the second game area 12b. enter the

Also, in the game area 12, as shown in FIG. 3, there are a windmill and a large number of nails for making the flowing direction of game balls irregular, a general winning hole 14 into which game balls can enter, and a starter. A first starting prize winning port 15 and a second starting prize winning port 16 as areas, a gate 20 through which game balls can pass, an attacker device 17 that operates when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and guides game balls out of the game area 12. An out port 19 and a performance display device 21 as a performance device for performing performance as the game progresses are provided. In addition, in FIG. 3, only some nails are shown, and other nails are omitted.

As shown in FIG. 3, the general winning opening 14 is provided at a position slightly leftward from the lower center of the game area 12, and when a game ball enters the general winning opening 14, a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment) ) prize balls will be paid out.
The number and position of the general prize winning openings 14 are not particularly limited.

The first starting prize winning port 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12, as shown in FIG. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can be entered into the first start winning hole 15, and game balls that flow down the second game area 12b can be entered. It is not possible.

As shown in FIG. 3, the gate 20 is provided above the second game area 12b (a position slightly above the center of the right part of the game area 12). In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot pass through the gate 20.例文帳に追加Also, almost all game balls entering the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20. As shown in FIG.
When the game ball passes through the gate 20, a normal symbol lottery, which will be described later, is performed. Then, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbol is a hit, a movable piece 16b, which will be described later, protrudes for a predetermined period of time.

Below the gate 20, as shown in FIG. 3, a second starting prize opening 16 and a flat plate-like movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be pushed into the game board 11 are arranged side by side. ing.
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to be inclined downward from the right end to the left end when protruding from the game board 11 . Right under the gate 20, the right end of the movable piece 16b is positioned, and the second start winning opening 16 is arranged to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. The second starting prize winning port 16 has a cup shape that opens upward, and a game ball reaching the opening enters the second starting winning prize port 16.例文帳に追加In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the time required for the game ball on the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b to reach the opening of the second start winning opening 16 (hereinafter also referred to as the opening arrival time) is approximately 0.3. seconds.
In a state where the movable piece 16b projects from the game board 11 (hereinafter also referred to as a projected state), the upper surface of the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member that guides the game ball to the opening of the second start winning opening 16. (see FIG. 4(b)). On the other hand, in the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11 (hereinafter also referred to as the immersed state), the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the second start winning hole 16. (See FIG. 4(a)).
In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can be entered into the second start winning opening 16, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot be entered.

It should be noted that the configuration of the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b is not limited to that described above.
For example, for the second starting winning opening 16, a blade member capable of opening and closing the second starting winning opening 16 by rotating in the horizontal direction around an axis orthogonal to the game board 11 is provided as the movable piece 16b. may Specifically, when the movable piece 16b (blade member) is closed, the second start winning opening 16 is closed, and it is impossible to enter the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. When the movable piece 16b opens, the second starting winning opening 16 is opened, and the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member for guiding the game ball toward the second starting winning opening 16, thereby opening the second starting winning opening 16. You may make it possible to enter a game ball into.
In addition, the movable piece 16b may be a cover member that rotates in the front-rear direction about an axis that is horizontal with the game board 11 to open and close the second start winning opening 16, or slides up and down to open and close the second start winning opening. A shutter member for opening and closing the port 16 may be used.

In addition, the installation position of the first start prize winning port 15 and the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited. The game balls flowing down the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b) may also be arranged at positions where it is easy to enter.

Then, when the game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and whether or not a jackpot is won (hereinafter also referred to as a jackpot). , Whether or not to give the time saving gaming state described later (hereinafter also referred to as the right or wrong of giving time saving) A lottery is performed, and according to the result of the lottery, a plurality of predetermined special symbols 1 special pattern is determined from among. A plurality of types are provided for the special symbols that can be determined, and depending on the type of the determined special symbols, execution of a special game advantageous to the player, provision of a time-saving game state (time-saving game state JT1 or JT2 setting) and other game profits are given.
In addition, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is one or more, and any number can be used. good. In addition, the number of prize balls is the same for the first start prize-winning port 15 (the start prize-winning port not provided with the movable piece 16b) and the second start prize-winning port 16 (the start prize-winning port provided with the movable piece 16b). , or may be different. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 is three, and the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 is The number of prize balls paid out is one.

The attacker device 17, as shown in FIG. 3, is provided in the right portion of the game area 12, approximately in the center (below the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b). The attacker device 17 includes a large winning opening 18 into which a game ball can enter, and an opening/closing door 18b for opening and closing the large winning opening 18.例文帳に追加In the normal state, the opening/closing door 18b is closed and the big winning hole 18 is closed, so the game ball cannot enter the big winning hole 18, but the above-mentioned special game is executed. Then, the opening/closing door 18b is opened to open the big winning opening 18, so that the game ball can enter the big winning opening 18.例文帳に追加Specifically, a round game in which the big winning opening 18 is opened is executed a plurality of times during the above special game. When one game ball enters the big winning hole 18, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in this embodiment) are paid out.
Further, as shown in FIG. 3, game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter. It's like Also, although not shown in particular, the game balls flowing down the second game area 12b are nailed so that almost all of them can reach the big winning opening 18 except those that have entered the second starting winning opening 16. and windmills are installed. Therefore, as long as the big winning hole 18 is open, the game ball will enter the big winning hole 18 as long as the game ball continues to be launched.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 5(a) and 5(b), inside the attacker device 17, there is provided a rolling road 51 on which a game ball entering the big winning opening 18 can roll leftward. there is This turning road 51 branches into an upper passage 52 and a lower passage 53 at a predetermined position in the rolling direction. A region 58 is provided, and at the end of the lower passage 53 is provided a specific region 57 into which a game ball that has entered the big winning opening 18 can enter (see FIGS. 5(a) and 5(b)).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 5(a) and 5(b), a distribution member for distributing game balls to either the upper passage 52 or the lower passage 53 is provided at the position where the upper passage 52 and the lower passage 53 diverge. 59 are provided. The sorting member 59 is rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 11, and has a first position that opens the path to the upper passage 52 and blocks the path to the lower passage 53, and a position that opens the passage to the upper passage 52. and a second position that blocks the path to the lower passage 53 and opens the path to the lower passage 53 . Then, the game ball entered into the special winning opening 18 advances to the upper passage 52 and enters the general area 58 when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the first position, and when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the second position. When it is there, it proceeds to the lower passage 53 and enters the specific area 57 .

In addition, although not shown, the attacker device 17 includes a specific area discharge port for discharging game balls that have entered the specific region 57 to the outside of the big winning opening 18 (back side of the game board 11), and a general area. A general area discharge port is provided for discharging game balls that have entered 58 to the outside of the big prize winning port 18 (back side of the game board 11).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the mode (opening/closing pattern) of the opening/closing door 18b in the round game executed during the above-described special game and the sorting mode (opening/closing pattern) of the opening/closing door 18b in the round game executed during the above-described special game are performed for each type of special symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot. The operation mode (operation pattern) of the member 59 is set.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game, the game state after the end of the special game is the player's It is set to a high probability time saving game state which is a game state combining a high probability game state which is an advantageous game state and a time saving game state JT2 which will be described later. On the other hand, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game (that is, when all game balls entering the big winning opening 18 enter the general area 58), The game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the time-saving game state JT2.
The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b, the operation pattern of the distribution member 59, and the setting of the game state will be described in detail later.
In addition, as described above, the game state after the end of the special game from whether or not a predetermined number of game balls entered the specific area 57 in the round game during the special game high probability time-saving game state or low probability time-saving game state Instead of setting it to LJT2, according to the type of special pattern determined when winning the big hit, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state or a low probability time-saving game state LJT2. can be For example, when a jackpot is won, when a specific special pattern is determined, the game state after the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state, but a special pattern other than the specific special pattern is determined. In that case, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the normal game state. Thus, when the game state after the end of the special game is determined according to the type of special symbol, there is no need to provide the specific area 57 described above.

Out port 19, as shown in FIG. It accepts game balls that did not enter the ball. The game balls received by the out port 19 are guided to the back side of the game board 11 and collected.

The effect display device 21 is provided substantially in the center of the game area 12, as shown in FIG. A liquid crystal display device is used as the effect display device 21 in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. In addition, the effect display device 21 is provided with a display section 21a for displaying images such as moving images and still images. dummy symbols) are variably displayed, and by the stop display mode of each of the performance symbols 50, a variable performance is performed to inform the player of the result of the winning lottery.
Note that the effect display device 21 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device. For example, a drum-type display device or the like that uses a plurality of drums with patterns attached to the outer periphery to perform various displays may be used.

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a performance display device 21 as a performance device, a speaker as the above-described audio output device 10, and a performance lighting device 23 that performs performance by emitting light in various colors and lighting patterns. lamp (see FIG. 1).
Note that the production device is not limited to these, and for example, a production accessory device or the like that can be moved in various timings and modes may be provided.

In addition, at the front position of the upper tray 6, an effect operation device 9 is provided, which can be operated by the player to advance or switch effects that are executed during a game, waiting, or the like. The effect operation device 9 in this embodiment is composed of an operation dial 9a which is a circular ring-shaped frame and can be rotated, and an operation button 9b which is fitted in the operation dial 9a and can be pressed. . When the operation dial 9a is rotated or the operation button 9b is pressed while a predetermined effect is being executed by the effect display device 21, various effects such as a variable effect progress or the display is switched to a different one. It is designed to
Note that the effect operation device 9 is not limited to the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, or the like, and a cross key or the like that allows input in the up, down, left, or right direction may be provided. In addition, the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, and other effects operation devices 9 may be provided, and the above-described cross key may be provided separately.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3, in the lower right part of the game board 11 and outside the game area 12, there is a first special symbol display device 30 as a device for displaying various situations regarding the game. , a second special symbol display device 31, a first special symbol reservation display device 38, a second special symbol reservation display device 39, a normal symbol display device 32 and a normal symbol reservation display device 33 are provided.

Further, as described above, the game ball lending device R is electrically connected to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. The pachinko machine P is designed to be accepted. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine P has a value information display device 35 that displays value information (balance information) stored in the card, a ball lending button 36 that can be pressed, and a button 36 that can be pressed. A card return button 37 is provided.

(Configuration of control means of pachinko machine P)
Next, control means for controlling games and effects of the pachinko machine P will be described.
The control means described above is composed of various control boards. More specifically, as shown in FIG. A launch payout control board 200 for controlling payout, a sub-control board 300 for controlling various effects, and a game ball lending control board 400 for relaying operations to the game ball lending device R are provided.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, the main control board 100 is connected with the launch payout control board 200 and the sub control board 300, and the launch payout control board 200 is connected with the game ball lending control board 400. there is Furthermore, the main control board 100 and the launch payout control board 200 are connected to an external information terminal board 500 for outputting various information on the progress of the game to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a hall computer in a game hall, etc.). It is
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the launch payout control board 200 controls both the launch of game balls and the payout of prize balls. board) and a board for controlling the payout of prize balls (payout control board) may be provided separately.

Moreover, although not shown, a power supply board is connected to each board provided in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. This power supply board is provided with a backup power supply, and when the voltage value of the power supplied to the pachinko machine P falls below a predetermined value, it is determined that power has been cut off, and a power cutoff signal is output to the main control board 100. .

The main control board 100 controls the game performed in the pachinko machine P, and more specifically, it starts when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16. A special pattern game (lottery, determination of special patterns, fluctuation display of special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as fluctuation of special patterns)), a general pattern game that is started when the game ball passes through the gate 20 ( It controls lottery of normal symbols, variable display of normal symbols (hereinafter also referred to as variation of normal symbols, etc.), special games advantageous to the player, and the like.
As shown in FIG. 6, the main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 for performing various arithmetic processing, a main ROM 102 for storing control programs for progressing the game, data necessary for the game, tables, etc. and a main RAM 103 used as a temporary storage area or the like.
The main CPU 101 reads the control program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs arithmetic processing based on signals from each detection sensor and timer, which will be described later, and also controls various devices connected to the main CPU 101 and performs arithmetic operations. Commands are sent to other boards based on the results of processing.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, the main control board 100 includes a general winning hole detecting sensor 14a for detecting that a game ball has entered the general winning hole 14, and a game ball entering the first starting winning hole 15. A first start winning opening detection sensor 15a for detecting that a game ball has landed, a second starting winning opening detection sensor 16a for detecting that a game ball has entered the second starting winning opening 16, and a game ball to a big winning opening 18. A large winning hole detection sensor 18a that detects that a ball has entered, a gate detection sensor 20a that detects that a game ball has passed through the gate 20, and a fraud detection sensor that detects magnetism, radio waves, etc. directed to the game board 11. 35 and a specific area detection sensor 57a for detecting that a game ball has entered the specific area 57 are connected. Detection signals output from these detection sensors are input to the main control board 100 .
It should be noted that the sensors connected to the main control board 100 are not limited to these, and for example, a general area detection sensor or the like that detects that a game ball has entered the general area 58 may be provided.

Further, the main control board 100 includes, as devices to be controlled, a movable piece solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b attached to the second starting prize-winning port 16 to project and retract, and an open/close door 18b of the big prize-winning port 18. A large winning opening solenoid 18c that opens and closes, a distribution member solenoid 59c that displaces the distribution member 59, a first special symbol display device 30, a second special symbol display device 31, a normal symbol display device 32, and a first special symbol display device 30. The figure reservation display device 38, the second special figure reservation display device 39, and the normal design reservation display device 33 are connected.
By driving each solenoid by the main control board 100, the projecting control of the movable piece 16b attached to the second starting prize winning port 16, the opening and closing control of the big prize winning port 18, and the displacement control of the distribution member 59 are performed. Also, display control of each display device is performed.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, only one level of setting value 1 is defined as a setting related to the ball output, and the success/failure random number determination table 110 used in the success/failure lottery described later corresponds to this setting value 1. It is provided.
Incidentally, the setting regarding the ball output may be set not only in one stage but also in a plurality of stages such as six stages from the set value 1 to the set value 6, for example. When a plurality of stages are set as the setting regarding the ball output, it is possible to set different probabilities of winning the big prize in the lottery according to the difference in the setting values. For example, setting value 6 can be set so that the probability of winning the jackpot is higher than setting value 1, and the higher the probability of winning the jackpot, the higher the possibility of winning a prize ball. By changing the value, the expected payout amount of prize balls in the pachinko machine P changes. The success/failure random number determination table 110 used in the success/fail lottery is provided corresponding to each of the set values 1 to 6, and when the set value is changed, the success/failure random number determination table 110 provided for each set value is changed entirely. The Rukoto.
Although not shown, the main control board 100 is provided with a RAM clear switch and a setting switch. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the power is turned on with the front door 3 open and both the RAM clear switch and the setting switch turned on, the setting value is changed to a setting change state. . In this setting change state, the setting value can be changed by operating the RAM clear switch. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, only one level of the setting value 1 is defined as the setting related to the ball output. becomes.

The launch payout control board 200, although not particularly illustrated, is equipped with a CPU, ROM, and RAM in the same manner as the main control board 100, and is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be able to communicate bidirectionally. .

As shown in FIG. 6, the launching payout control board 200 includes a touch sensor 5a for detecting that the player touches the operating handle 5, and a touch sensor 5a for detecting that the player touches the operating handle 5 as devices for controlling the shooting of game balls. An operation volume 5b for detecting an angle (rotational angle), a shooting stop switch 5c for stopping shooting of game balls, and a ball feeder for sending game balls received in the upper tray 6 to a shooting device (not shown). A solenoid 60 and a shooting motor 61 for shooting game balls are connected. Further, control signals output from the touch sensor 5a, the operation volume 5b, and the firing stop switch 5c are input to the firing payout control board 200. FIG.

When the control signal from the touch sensor 5a and the operation volume 5b is input to the ejection payout control board 200, control is performed to energize the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the ejection motor 61 to shoot the game ball. Also, while the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the shooting motor 61 are energized, the game balls are continuously shot at intervals of 0.6 seconds (i.e., a shooting pace of 100 balls per minute). . On the other hand, when the control signal from the firing stop switch 5c is input to the firing payout control board 200, the energization of the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the firing motor 61 is stopped to stop the firing of the game ball.
A rotary solenoid may be used instead of the shooting motor 61 as a device for shooting game balls.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 6, the launch payout control board 200 includes a game ball stored in a game ball storage section (not particularly shown) as a device for controlling the payout of game balls. A payout motor 62 for putting out balls and a payout counting switch 63 for detecting and counting the put out game balls are connected. When the ejection payout control board 200 receives the payout number command transmitted from the main control board 100, the ejection payout control board 200 pays out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) based on the payout number command. The payout motor 62 is controlled as follows. At this time, the number of game balls put out is counted by the payout counting switch 63, and it is possible to determine whether or not a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) have been put out.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 6, the firing payout control board 200 includes a front door open detection sensor 3a for detecting the open state of the front door 3 and a tray full tank detection sensor 7a for detecting the full tank state of the tray 7. , are connected.

When the front door open detection sensor 3a detects that the front door 3 is open, it outputs an open detection signal to the ejection payout control board 200. While the front door 3 is open, the open detection signal is output. output continuously. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a door opening command to the main control board 100 when the open detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the front door open detection sensor 3a stops detecting that the front door 3 is open, it turns off and stops outputting the door open detection signal. When the input of the door open detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the front door 3 is closed, and stops sending the door open command to the main control board 100 .

The tray full detection sensor 7 a is provided at a predetermined position of the tray 7 . When the receiving tray 7 is filled with a predetermined amount or more of game balls to be paid out as prize balls, the stored game balls reach the above-described predetermined position.
The receiving tray full tank detection sensor 7a is turned on when it detects that the game balls have reached the above-described predetermined position, and outputs a receiving tray detection signal to the discharge payout control board 200. While reaching the predetermined position, the tray detection signal is continuously output. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a saucer full command to the main control board 100 when the saucer detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the receiving tray full detection sensor 7a no longer detects that the game ball has reached the predetermined position, it turns off and stops outputting the receiving tray detection signal. Then, when the input of the saucer detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the full state of the saucer 7 has been cancelled, and stops sending the saucer full command to the main control board 100 .

Further, as described above, the game ball lending control board 400 that relays the operation to the game ball lending device R is connected to the launch payout control board 200 . As shown in FIG. 6, the launch payout control board 200 includes, via the game ball lending control board 400, a value information display device 35, a ball lending switch 36a for detecting pressing operation of the ball lending button 36, a card return A card return switch 37a for detecting a pressing operation of the button 37 is connected.

When the ball lending button 36 is pressed, a detection signal output from the ball lending switch 36a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 sends the game ball to the game ball lending device R. to send a lending request signal requesting the lending of the Then, when the game ball lending device R receives the lending request signal, the game ball lending device R performs processing for subtracting predetermined value information from the stored value information, and corresponds to the subtracted value information. Control is performed to pay out the number of game balls to be set.
Further, when the card return button 37 is pressed, a detection signal output from the card return switch 37a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 instructs the game ball lending device R to Send a return request signal to request the return of the card. When the game ball lending device R receives the return request signal, the game ball lending device R controls to discharge the card.

The sub-control board 300 controls effects that are executed during a game, standby, or the like.
As shown in FIG. 6, the sub-control board 300 includes a sub-CPU 301 for performing various arithmetic processing, a sub-ROM 302 for storing control programs for executing effects, data and tables required for executing effects, and calculation A sub-RAM 303 used as a temporary storage area or the like during processing is provided, and is connected so as to enable one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 .
The sub CPU 301 reads out the control program stored in the sub ROM 302 and performs arithmetic processing based on commands transmitted from the main control board 100 and signals from the timer, and performs image control for controlling image display. A board (not shown in particular), an audio control board (not shown in particular) for controlling audio output, and an illumination control board (not shown in particular) for controlling lighting , to send a command for effect execution.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the voice control board and the lighting control board are provided separately, but the functions of these boards are integrated into one board (voice lighting control board). ) may be provided, and the substrate may control both audio output and lighting.

Further, the sub control board 300 is connected with the effect display device 21 via the image control board, and is connected with the speaker as the audio output device 10 via the audio control board. Further, the sub-control board 300 includes, via the electric decoration control board, the effect lighting device 23, a rotation operation detection sensor 9c for detecting a rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, and a depression operation sensor for detecting a depression operation of the operation button 9b. are connected to the detection sensor 9d.

The image control board includes an image CPU, an image ROM, an image RAM, etc., although not shown. The image ROM of the image control board stores image data such as the effect pattern 50 displayed on the effect display device 21 and the background. Based on the command transmitted from the sub-control board 300, the image CPU controls the image display by the effect display device 21 by storing the image data read from the image ROM in the image RAM.

The audio control board includes a sound chip (CPU), a sound ROM, a sound RAM, etc., although not shown. The sound ROM stores sound data such as voices and BGM output from the voice output device 10 . Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub control board 300, the sound data read from the sound ROM is stored in the sound RAM, thereby controlling the sound output from the sound output device 10. FIG.

The illumination control board controls the lighting of the lighting by the effect lighting device 23 based on the command from the sub control board 300 . In addition, the electric decoration control board outputs a rotation operation detection signal output from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c based on the rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, or a push operation detection signal output from the push operation detection sensor 9d based on the push operation of the operation button 9b. When the operation detection signal is input, it transmits a predetermined command to the sub control board 300 .

(Overview of Pachinko Machine P Game)
Next, a game in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment will be described based on various tables stored in the main ROM 102. FIG.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special game and the normal game progress in parallel. Also, as the game state when proceeding with these two games, either a low probability game state (so-called non-probability variable state) or a high probability game state (so-called probability change state), and a non-time-saving game state or time-saving game Any game state of the state and any game state in combination with are set. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, two of the time saving game state JT1 and the time saving game state JT2 are provided as the time saving game state, and one of the time saving game states can be set.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is a game state combining a normal game state, a low probability game state and a time saving game state JT1, which is a game state combining a low probability game state and a non-time saving game state. A low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, a low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 that is a game state that combines a low-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state JT2, or a high probability that is a gaming state that combines a high-probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state JT2 One of the game states of the time saving game state is set.

Here, the low-probability game state and the high-probability game state are game states in which the probability of winning a jackpot is set to be different by a lottery to be described later. The probability to do is set to a value higher than the low probability game state. That is, during the high-probability game state, it is easier to win a big hit by lottery than during the low-probability game state.

The non-time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state JT1 and the time-saving gaming state JT2 are the frequency of entering the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 (difficulty of entering the ball, in other words, the number of times to the second starting winning opening 16 The frequency of win/fail lottery based on the entry of game balls) is set to a predetermined content.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the protruding state in the time-saving gaming state JT2 than in the non-time-saving gaming state and the time-saving gaming state JT1 (that is, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16). It is set so that it is easy to hit the ball). In addition, although there is a slight difference as described later, in both the non-time-saving gaming state and the time-saving gaming state JT1, the movable piece 16b is not maintained in a substantially projected state (that is, the game ball is almost It is set so as not to enter the ball).
In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the game area 12 enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, a winning lottery is performed. is performed, and a special symbol associated with the result of the winning lottery is determined. In the winning lottery in this form, first, the judgment of the jackpot is made, and if the judgment result that the jackpot is not won (hereinafter also referred to as the jackpot non-election) is derived, then the time-saving grant A decision is made as to whether or not the time-saving gaming state is granted, in other words, whether or not the time-saving gaming state is set. ) is derived, it is lost.
Then, when the determination result of the winning of the big win is derived by this lottery (that is, when the big win is won), the big winning hole 18 is opened and the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加A special game is executed, and further, the game state after the end of the special game is set to either the low probability time saving game state LJT2 or the high probability time saving game state. That is, after the end of the special game, the transition to either the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

In addition, when the determination result that the time saving gaming state is granted by the above-mentioned lottery (hereinafter also referred to as winning the time saving grant) is derived, as described later, a special symbol associated with the winning of the time saving grant (hereinafter , is also referred to as a time saving pattern), either the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined in the normal game state, the time saving game state JT1 is set without changing the low probability game state. That is, when the time saving design J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery in the normal game state, the non-time saving game state is changed to the time saving game state JT1 while the low probability game state remains as it is, thereby low probability It shifts to the time saving game state LJT1. Further, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined in the normal game state, the time saving game state JT2 is set without changing the low probability game state. That is, when the time-saving design J2 is determined by winning the time-saving provision by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery in the normal game state, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2 while the low-probability game state remains as it is, thereby low probability. It shifts to the time saving game state LJT2.
On the other hand, in the normal game state, if the winning lottery results in a loss (the jackpot is not won and the time reduction is not won), the game state remains the normal game state.
Thus, in the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment, in the normal game state, without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, the time saving game state (time saving game state JT1 (low probability time saving game state LJT1) or time saving game state A game state JT2 (low probability time saving game state LJT2)) can be set. In other words, it is possible to change the game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during a game state other than the normal game state (that is, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, during the high-probability time-saving game state (during the time-saving game state) ), it is possible to determine whether or not to give time reduction by the lottery described above, so that it is possible to win the time reduction, and when the time reduction is won, the time reduction pattern J1 or J2 can be determined.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, even if the time saving design J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during a game state other than the normal game state, a new time saving game state based on the determination is not set. , the game state set at the time of determination is maintained. That is, even if you win the time saving game state during the low probability time saving game state LJT1, the low probability time saving game state LJT2, or the high probability time saving game state, the time saving game state based on the winning will not be set again. The medium low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, or high-probability time-saving gaming state continues.
Thus, in the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment, in a game state other than the normal game state, unlike the normal game state, a new time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. It is designed not to

It should be noted that the decision as to whether or not the time saving provision is appropriate may be performed only in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state instead of performing all the success or failure lotteries during the game state. That is, although it is possible to win the time saving provision by the winning lottery during the normal game state, it may not be won by the winning lottery during the game state other than the normal game state. In this case, during a game state other than the normal game state, the winning of time saving is not won, so a new time saving game state is not set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. .

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15. As shown in FIG. In addition, the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning opening 16, and enter the big winning opening 18.
Then, during the normal gaming state and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the player launches a game ball toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 (so-called left-handed), and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the high-probability time-saving game state, and during the special game, the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, or the game ball passes through the gate 20 and the second The player is made to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the ball enters the start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加That is, during the normal gaming state and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the player is made to play the game mainly in the first game area 12a, and during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 and the high probability time-saving gaming state, the player A game is mainly played in the second game area 12b.
Specifically, when the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 or high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, or when a special game is started, a right-handed suggestion to prompt the game ball to be launched towards the second game area 12b (For example, display of a character image of "Right-handed" on the display section 21a of the effect display device 21, lighting of a right-handed lamp prompting to launch the game toward the second game area 12b, etc.) are performed. In addition, when the normal game state is set, a left-handed suggestion prompting the user to hit the game ball toward the first game area 12a (for example, display of a character image "left-handed" in the display section 21a of the effect display device 21) , extinguishing of the above-mentioned right-handed lamp, etc.) are performed. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined in the normal game state, the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is set, but when the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is set, the above-mentioned There is no suggestion of hitting left.

The winning lottery is used to determine various random numbers that are acquired when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning port 15 or the second starting winning prize port 16, and the random numbers that are stored in the main ROM 102. It is done based on various tables of
Here, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a random number used for determining the result of the winning lottery (winning the jackpot, winning the time saving grant or losing) as a random number related to the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol. It has a special symbol random number used to determine the type of, and a variation pattern random number used to determine the variation pattern command described later.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the hit/fail random number. The success/fail random numbers are updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
Further, the variation pattern command is for determining the pattern (variation time, mode) of variation production that can notify the result of the lottery. The random numbers used to determine the variation pattern command are not limited to those described above. For example, other random numbers may be used in addition to these random numbers.

Then, when the game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, random numbers are obtained for the above random numbers, and each random number is stored in the reserved storage area of the main RAM 103. It's like
This reserved storage area stores each random number (hereinafter referred to as the first special random number) obtained by entering the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and relating to the determination of the winning lottery and special symbols. Each random value of the random number related to the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol (hereinafter referred to as the second special figure A second reserved storage area for storing random numbers). These reserved storage areas are each composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, a total of four sets of the first special random numbers, and a total of four Group storage is possible.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the first special random number is stored in order from the first storage part of the first reservation storage area. It's becoming For example, in a state where the first special random number is not stored in any storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the first storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage part of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the second storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the third storage section of the first reserved storage area. In addition, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the third storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, in the state in which the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this entry The first special random number related to the sphere is not stored.

Similarly, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, the second special random numbers are stored in order from the first storage part of the second reservation storage area. Since the specific storage process is the same as the above-described storage of the first special random number, the description is omitted.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of sets of the first special random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as the first reservation number) stored in the first reservation storage area is the first reservation number counter (particularly illustrated ) and stored in the second reservation storage area (hereinafter also referred to as the second reservation number) is the second reservation number counter (not shown in particular ).
In this specification, as described above, storing the first special random number and the second special random number in the reserved storage area is also referred to as "reserved" or "reserved storage". The number or the second pending number is also simply referred to as the "holding number".

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a success/failure random number determination table 110 for determining the result of the lottery, a special symbol random number determination table 111 for determining the type of special symbol, and executed when a jackpot is won. A special electric role product operation table 112 for controlling a special game, a game state for setting a game state after winning a time saving grant (after a time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined) or after a special game ends It has a setting table 113, a variation pattern table 114 for determining a variation pattern command, and a stop display time table 115 for determining a stop display time for stopping and displaying the special symbol after the variation display of the special symbol is completed. are doing.
Note that the tables relating to the lottery and the like are not limited to these, and other tables may be provided as appropriate when it is necessary to make judgments or decisions based on random numbers.

The success or failure random number determination table 110 is for determining the result of the success or failure lottery (winning the jackpot, winning the time saving grant or losing), and is roughly divided into low probability game states (normal game state, low probability time saving game state LJT1, a low probability determination table 110a referred to in the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2), and a high probability determination table 110b referred to in the high probability gaming state (high probability time-saving gaming state). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, only one level of the set value 1 is defined as the setting regarding the ball output, and the low probability determination table 110a and the high probability determination table 110b are set to the set value 1. Only one corresponding type is provided.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16, one win/fail random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is acquired. Either the low-probability determination table 110a or the high-probability determination table 110b is selected according to the game state at the time when the lottery is performed, and the acquired success/failure random number and the selected success/failure random number determination are selected. A winning lottery is performed based on the table 110.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 7(a), according to the low probability determination table 110a, it is determined that the jackpot is won when the success or failure random number is 1000 to 1217, and the time saving is given when the success or failure random number is 3000 to 6275. , and other random numbers (0 to 999, 1218 to 2999, 6276 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this low probability determination table 110a is about 1/300, and the probability of winning the time saving award is about 1/20.

As shown in FIG. 7(b), according to the high probability determination table 110b, it is determined that the jackpot is won when the success or failure random number is 1000 to 2309, and when the success or failure random number is 3000 to 6275, time saving is given. , and other random numbers (0 to 999, 2310 to 2999, 6276 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this high probability determination table 110b is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving award is about 1/20.
That is, the high-probability determination table 110b is set so that the winning probability of the jackpot is approximately six times that of the low-probability determination table 110a. Moreover, even if it is any of the low-probability determination table 110a and the high-probability determination table 110b, it sets so that the probability of winning of time reduction provision may become the same.

In addition, the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to be a jackpot winning in the low probability determination table 110a is included in the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to be a jackpot winning in the high probability determination table 110b (specifically, the jackpot are set so that the lower limit value in the numerical range determined as winning is the same and the upper limit value is different). That is, the hit/fail random number determined to be a jackpot win in the low probability determination table 110a is also determined to be a jackpot win in the high probability determination table 110b.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the numerical range of the hit/fail random numbers determined as winning the jackpot is set so that the lower limit is the same and the upper limit is different. , and may be set so that the upper limit is the same and the lower limit is different.

In addition, the numerical range of the success or failure random numbers determined to be winning the time reduction grant in the low probability determination table 110a, and the numerical range of the success or failure random numbers determined to be winning the time reduction grant in the high probability determination table 110b is set so that the upper limit value and the lower limit value of the numerical range are the same, so that both the low probability determination table 110a and the high probability determination table 110b It is set so that the probability of winning the time saving grant is the same.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, both the numerical range determined to be winning the jackpot and the numerical range determined to be winning the time-saving grant are composed of continuous numerical ranges. However, it is not limited to this, and may be constituted by a discontinuous numerical range including a numerical value that is a failure between them.

In addition, when multiple stages are defined as settings related to ball output, when comparing the high probability judgment table and the low probability judgment table corresponding to the same set value, the high probability judgment table is compared to the low probability judgment table. may be set so as to increase the probability of winning a jackpot.
Similarly, in both the high-probability determination table and the low-probability determination table corresponding to the same set value, the probability of winning the time-saving grant may be set to be the same.

The special symbol random number determination table 111 is for determining the type of special symbol, and as shown in FIGS. It has a first starting winning opening determination table 111a to be referred to and a second starting winning opening determination table 111b to be referred to when a winning lottery is performed by a second special random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, one special symbol random number within the numerical range of 0-199 is obtained. Then, when the above-mentioned lottery is performed, the special symbol random number determination table of either the first start winning hole determination table 111a or the second start winning hole determination table 111b according to the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered. 111 is selected, and based on the obtained special symbol random number and the selected special symbol random number determination table 111, the type of special symbol is determined.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, six types of jackpot patterns (X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, and X6) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as jackpot patterns) determined when a jackpot is won. In addition, two types of time-saving patterns (J1, J2) are provided as special patterns (time-saving patterns) that are determined when the time-saving award is won, and are determined in the case of loss. Two types of losing patterns (Z1, Z2) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as losing patterns).

As shown in FIG. 8(a), according to the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 99, When the special symbol random number is 100-193, the big winning symbol X2 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 194-199, the big winning symbol X3 is determined. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X1 is 50%, the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X2 is 47%, and the jackpot pattern X3. is determined with a probability of 3%.
In addition, when winning the time saving grant, the time saving pattern J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 169, and the time saving pattern J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 170 to 199. . That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the time saving award is won, the probability that the time saving pattern J1 is determined is 85%, and the probability that the time saving pattern J2 is determined is 15%. there is

As shown in FIG. 8(b), according to the second start winning opening determination table 111b, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X4 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 39, When the special symbol random number is 40-139, the big winning symbol X5 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 140-199, the big winning symbol X6 is determined. That is, in the second start winning hole determination table 111b, when a big win is won, the probability that the big win pattern X4 is determined is 20%, the probability that the big win pattern X5 is determined is 50%, and the big win pattern X5. is determined with a probability of 30%.
In addition, when winning the time saving grant, the time saving pattern J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 169, and the time saving pattern J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 170 to 199. . That is, in the second start winning opening determination table 111b, similarly to the first starting winning opening determination table 111a, when the time saving award is won, the probability that the time saving design J1 is determined is 85%, and the time saving design The probability that J2 is determined is 15%.

In addition, when the winning lottery based on the first special symbol random number results in a loss, the losing symbol Z1 is determined without performing the above-described lottery based on the special symbol random number. In addition, when the lottery based on the second special symbol random number results in a loss, the losing symbol Z2 is determined without performing the above-described lottery based on the special symbol random number.
That is, the special symbol random number determination table 111 is referred to when winning the jackpot and when winning the time saving grant, and is not referred to when losing.

The special electric accessory operation table 112 is for controlling a special game that is executed when a jackpot is won, and activates the big winning opening solenoid 18c and the distribution member solenoid 59c during the execution of the special game. It is referenced in order to In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 9(a) to (c), the special electric role product operation table 112 is referred to when a jackpot is won and a jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined. A first operation table 112a, a second operation table 112b referred to when a big win is won and a big win pattern X2 or X5 is determined, and a big win pattern X3 or X6 is referred to when a big win is won and a big win pattern X3 or X6 is determined. A third actuation table 112c is provided.

Specifically, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X1 or X4 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the first operation table 112a shown in FIG. 9(a). According to the first operation table 112a, the game ends when either the big winning hole 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18. A round game is executed a total of three times from 1 round to 3 rounds. In addition, during execution of each round game, the open/close door 18b is displaced from the closed position to the open position, remains at the open position for 29.0 seconds, and then displaces from the open position to the closed position (open/close pattern). As a result, the big winning opening 18 is opened only once, and the time (that is, the interval time) during which the big winning opening 18 closes between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds.
Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 9(a), when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the sorting member 59 stays (positions) at the first position during each round game of the 1st round and the 3rd round. ), and furthermore, during two rounds of the round game, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position.

Also, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X2 or X5 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the second operation table 112b shown in FIG. 9(b). According to the second operation table 112b, a round game ending under the same conditions as the above-described first operation table 112a is executed three times, ie, the 1st round to the 3rd round. The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b and the interval time are also set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a.
Also, as shown in FIG. 9(b), when the jackpot pattern X2 or X5 is determined, during each round game of the 1st round and the 3rd round, the same as when the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined , the distribution member 59 stays at the first position. On the other hand, during the round game of two rounds, the sorting member 59 is operated in a manner that it stays at the second position.

Also, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X3 or X6 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the third operation table 112c shown in FIG. 9(c). According to the third operation table 112c, a round game ending under the same conditions as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b is executed a total of 10 times from 1st round to 10th round. The opening/closing pattern and interval time of the opening/closing door 18b are set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b.
Further, as shown in FIG. 9(c), when the jackpot pattern X3 or X6 is determined, the jackpot patterns X1, X2 and X4 are displayed during each round game of the 1st, 3rd and 4th to 10th rounds. Alternatively, similarly to the case where X5 is determined, the sorting member 59 operates in a mode of stopping at the first position, and furthermore, during the round game of two rounds, the jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is determined. In the same manner as in the case of 1, the sorting member 59 operates in such a manner that it stays at the second position.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, 29 large winning openings 18 are provided in the two-round round game (specific round game). 0 seconds continuously, and the distribution member 59 stays at the second position, so long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball enters the big winning hole 18. However, a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls can be allowed to enter the specified area 57 without fail.
On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the big winning opening 18 is continuously opened for 29.0 seconds, but the sorting member 59 remains at the first position in the round game of two rounds. Therefore, even if a game ball enters the big winning hole 18, all the game balls enter the general area 58, and the game balls cannot enter the specific area 57.例文帳に追加

The game state setting table 113 indicates the game state after the special game is completed when the special game is executed, and the game state after the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving award in the normal game state. It is for setting.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game is executed, depending on whether or not a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57 during the special game, the game after the special game is completed. The state is set. In addition, in the normal game state, when the winning of the time reduction grant is made and the time reduction design J1 or J2 is determined, the game state corresponding to the determined time reduction design is set. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, whether or not the game ball can enter the specific area 57 is set according to the type of the determined jackpot symbol. Whether or not to shift to a high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is determined by the jackpot design.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 10(a) to 10(d), the game state setting table 113 is referred to when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game. A first game state setting table 113a, a second game state setting table 113b that is referred to when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a special game, and a winning of time reduction grant in the normal game state Then, the third game state setting table 113c to be referred to when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, and the fourth game state setting table 113d to be referred to when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the normal game state. and is provided.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10(a), when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is the low probability game state. , and is set to the time saving game state JT2. That is, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is set after the end of the special game. In addition, the number of continuations of the time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as the number of times of time saving) is set to 100 times.
In this case, after the end of the special game, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot (until the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 100 times), the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 continue. Then, when the results of the winning lottery are all 100 times other than winning the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (that is, winning or losing the time-saving grant), the low-probability gaming state remains as it is, and the time-saving gaming state JT2 is non-time-saving. By changing to the game state, the game state is changed to the normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, since the probability of winning the jackpot in the low probability gaming state is about 1/300 (see FIG. 7A), during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 You are not guaranteed to win the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 10(b), when a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game is finished is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and time-saving It is set to the game state JT2. That is, a high-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game. Further, the number of continuations of the high-probability game state (hereinafter also referred to as the number of times of high probability) and the number of times of time reduction are both set to 10000 times.
In this case, after the end of the special game, until the winning lottery result is derived 10000 times without winning the jackpot (until the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 10000 times), the high probability time-saving game state continues. do. Then, when the results of the winning lottery during the high-probability time-saving game state are all 10000 times other than winning the jackpot, the high-probability game state is changed to the low-probability game state, and the time-saving game state JT2 is changed to the non-time-saving game state. By doing so, the game state is changed to the normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is approximately 1/50 (see FIG. 7(b)), and substantially until the jackpot is won again. , The above-mentioned high-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, the symbols are distributed during the two rounds of the special game based on the determination. Since the member 59 is stopped at the second position, as long as the game ball is launched to the second game area 12b in order to enter the game ball into the big winning opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls are always sent to the specific area 57. enter in. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, as long as the game ball is launched to the second game area 12b, the high probability time-saving game state is in principle. set.
However, even if the jackpot symbols X2, X3, X5 or X6 are determined, a predetermined number of When the game ball does not enter, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low probability time-saving game state LJT2.

In addition, as described above, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during any round game of the special game based on the determination, so that a large Even if game balls enter the prize winning opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57.例文帳に追加That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 is set in principle.
However, even if the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, for example, due to an abnormality such as the sorting member 59 stopping at the second position, a predetermined number of games are played in the specific area 57 during the special game based on the determination. When the ball enters, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state.

As shown in FIG. 10(c), in the normal game state, when the time saving design is elected and the time saving design J1 is determined, the variable display of the time saving design J1 as a special design ends and the special design is stopped and displayed. When the stop display time, which will be described later, has passed, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT1 while the low-probability game state remains as it is. That is, when the variable display of the time saving pattern J1 ends and the stop display time elapses, the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is set. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times.
In this case, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times (until the number of variations of the special symbols reaches 10000 times) without winning the jackpot. Then, when the results of the winning lottery are all 10000 times other than the jackpot winning during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the low-probability game state is left as it is, and the time-saving game state JT1 is changed to the non-time-saving game state. The state is changed to normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state is about 1/300 (see FIG. 7(a)). The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 described above continues until it is elected again.

As shown in FIG. 10(d), when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the normal game state, the variable display of the time saving design J2 as a special design ends and the above-mentioned stop display time When the time has elapsed, the non-time-saving game state is changed to the time-saving game state JT2 while the low-probability game state remains as it is. That is, when the variable display of the time saving pattern J2 ends and the stop display time elapses, the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 is set. Also, the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times.
In this case, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10,000 times (until the number of variations of the special symbol reaches 10,000 times) without winning the jackpot. Then, when the results of the winning lottery are all 10000 times other than the jackpot winning during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, the time-saving gaming state JT2 is changed to the non-time-saving gaming state while the low-probability gaming state remains unchanged. The state is changed to normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state is about 1/300 (see FIG. 7(a)). The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 described above continues until it is elected again.

Here, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the game state other than the normal game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, high-probability time-saving gaming state) time-saving provision , and the time-saving symbol J1 or J2 may be determined, but in this case, the game state being set continues as it is.

In addition, the timing of setting the game state to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 or LJT2 when winning the time-saving provision in the normal game state is not limited to the time when the above-described stop display time has elapsed, and the above-mentioned time-saving It may be any time point from the start of the variable display of the symbols to the end thereof (for example, the start time, any time during the variable display, the end time, etc.).

The variation pattern table 114 is for determining variation pattern commands, as described above.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the special symbols are determined as described above, the variation pattern command is determined based on the result of the determination. As described above, the variation pattern command is for determining the variation pattern of the variation effect, and the variation pattern command determines the aspect of the variation effect and the variation time (the variation time of the variation display of the special symbols). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the variable performance is divided into the first half and the second half. is also determined by the variation pattern command.
Specifically, the determined variation pattern command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300, based on the received variation pattern command, provides a specific aspect of the variation effect (for example, , an image to be displayed on the display unit 21a, etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of types of variation pattern commands are provided, and each variation pattern command is associated with the variation pattern table 114 . Types of variation pattern commands to be determined and determination ratios are set for each variation pattern table 114 .

Pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as the variation pattern table 114, table MP1 referred to during the normal game state, table MP2 referred to during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, referred to during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 It has a table MP3 to be used and a table MP4 to be referred to during the high-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIGS. 11 and 12).

Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one variation pattern random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 249, and the acquired variation pattern random number, A variation pattern command is determined based on the special symbols determined as described above, the current number of reservations (the first number of reservations or the second number of reservations), and the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the current gaming state. be.

Here, during the normal gaming state or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, in order to let the player play the game in the first game area 12a, in principle, the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the second The entry of the game ball into the starting winning opening 16 is irregular, but even if the gaming ball enters either the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, the current A variation pattern command is determined using the same variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the game state.
Similarly, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, in order to let the player play the game in the second game area 12b, in principle, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16. Although the entry of the game ball into the first start prize-winning port 15 is irregular, even if the game ball enters either the first start prize-winning port 15 or the second start prize-winning port 16, A variation pattern command is determined using the same variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the game state of the point dictionary.
Also, when determining the variation pattern command based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15, the first reservation number at the time is referred to, and the number of game balls to the second starting winning opening 16 When determining the variation pattern command based on the incoming ball, the second pending number at that time is referred to.

In addition, as the fluctuation pattern table 114, the current game state and the type of the starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), second starting winning opening 16 (second A separate table may be provided for each special random number)). That is, the variation pattern command may be determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the current game state and the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered.

As shown in FIG. 11(a), according to the table MP1 referred to during the normal game state, the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is losing), and the current pending number When (the first pending number, the second pending number) is 0 or 1, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern "13 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is 0 seconds, the second half The variation pattern command "00H" associated with the variation pattern in which the variation time of the part is set to 13 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern "20 seconds variation" ( When the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 13 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 7 seconds, and the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249 A variation pattern command “03H” associated with a variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 13 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 47 seconds) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the variation pattern of "3 second variation" (the variation time in the first half A variation pattern command “01H” associated with a variation pattern with a variation pattern set to 0 seconds and a variation time in the latter half of 3 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, “20 seconds variation” The variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is It is determined.

In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the variation pattern random number is 0 to 24, the variation pattern command "0AH" associated with the "20 second variation" variation pattern is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 25 to 249, the "60 second variation" variation pattern is determined. The associated variation pattern command "0BH" is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249 (that is, whatever the fluctuation pattern random number is) "13 seconds fluctuation" A variation pattern command "0EH" associated with the variation pattern of is determined.
Further, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the fluctuation pattern command "0FH" associated with the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 11(b), according to the table MP2 referred to during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 0 or 1, the change When the pattern random number was 0 to 219, the variation pattern command "10H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 220 to 239, "20 seconds variation ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command ``13H'' associated with the variation pattern of ``60 second variation'' is determined. is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "3 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219 When the command "11H" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern command "12H" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249. The variation pattern command "13H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined when .

Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, the fluctuation pattern of "20 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 24 The associated variation pattern command "1AH" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 25-249, the variation pattern command "1BH" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249, the variation pattern command "13 seconds variation" is associated with the variation pattern " 1CH” is determined.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), according to the table MP3 referred to during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 0 or 1, the change When the pattern random number was 0 to 219, the variation pattern command "20H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 220 to 239, "20 seconds variation ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern “45 seconds variation” (the first half variation time is 13 seconds, the second half The variation pattern command "23H" associated with the partial variation time of 32 seconds) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the variation pattern of "2 second variation" (the variation time in the first half A variation pattern command “21H” associated with a variation pattern in which the variation pattern is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 2 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, “20 seconds variation” The variation pattern command "22H" associated with the variation pattern is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "23H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is It is determined.

Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, the fluctuation pattern of "20 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 24 The associated variation pattern command "2AH" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 25-249, the variation pattern command "2BH" associated with the variation pattern of "45 second variation" is determined.

In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 0 or 1, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the variation associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" When the pattern command "2CH" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern command "2EH" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240 ~ 249, the variation pattern command "2FH" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined.
In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "2 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219 When the command "2DH" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern command "2EH" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249. The variation pattern command “2FH” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” is determined when .

As shown in FIG. 12(b), according to the table MP4 referred to during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, and the number of reservations at present is 0 or 1, the variation pattern The variation pattern command "30H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" is determined when the random number is 0 to 219, and "20 seconds variation" when the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239. The variation pattern command "32H" associated with the variation pattern of is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "33H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is It is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the fluctuation pattern of "1 second fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half A variation pattern command “31H” associated with a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 0 seconds and 1 second) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, “20 seconds variation” The variation pattern command "32H" associated with the variation pattern of is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "33H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is It is determined.

Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, the fluctuation pattern of "20 seconds fluctuation" when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 24 The associated variation pattern command "3AH" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 25-249, the variation pattern command "3BH" associated with the variation pattern of "45 second variation" is determined.

In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 0 or 1, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219, the variation associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" When the pattern command "3CH" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern command "3EH" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240 ~ 249, the variation pattern command "3FH" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined.
In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined and the number of reservations at the present time is 2 or more, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "1 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 219 When the command "3DH" is determined and the variation pattern random number is 220 to 239, the variation pattern command "3EH" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249. The variation pattern command “3FH” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” is determined when .

The variation pattern command determined as described above is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and based on the variation pattern command, the specific aspect of the first half of the variation production and the specific aspect of the second half of the variation production are determined. be. Then, the variable effect is executed according to the specific mode determined in this way, but the total of the variable time in the first half and the variable time in the second half set in the variable pattern command is the variable effect (special symbol time from the start to the end of the variable display).
For example, if the determined variation pattern command is "02H" (the variation time of the first half is 13 seconds and the variation time of the second half is 7 seconds), the variation time of the first half and the variation time of the second half are The total value of 20 seconds (= 13 seconds + 7 seconds) is the variation time of the entire variation effect (the entire variation display of special symbols).
In addition, "00H", "01H", "0EH", "0FH", "10H", "11H", "1CH", "20H", "21H", "2CH", "2DH", "30H", In the variation pattern commands of "31H", "3CH", and "3DH", "0 second" is defined as the variation time of the first half. When these variation pattern commands are determined, during the corresponding variation time of the latter half, the entire variation performance is executed in a manner determined according to the variation pattern command.

In addition, based on the above-mentioned fluctuation time, the effect display device 21 performs a variable effect, and the special symbol display device (the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31) displays the variable display of the special symbol. done.
Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15, the first special symbol display device 30 blinks during the above-described fluctuation time, and the game ball enters. When the starting winning opening is the second starting winning opening 16, the second special symbol display device 31 blinks during the fluctuation time described above. After the fluctuation time has passed, the determined special symbol is stopped and displayed until a stop display time (to be described later) passes.

Regarding the mode of the variable performance, neither the first half of the variable performance nor the second half of the variable performance is determined based on the variation pattern command, and other commands other than the variation pattern command are determined. In addition to determining, the mode of the first half of the variable performance may be determined based on one of the commands, and the mode of the second half of the variable performance may be determined based on the other commands.
Also, instead of dividing the variable effect into the first half and the second half, it may be divided into more parts, and the mode of each part may be determined based on the corresponding command.

As described above, the stop display time table 115 is for determining the stop display time for stop-displaying the special symbol after the variable display of the special symbol is finished.
In this stop display time table 115, the stop display time is defined according to the current game state (game state when the lottery is executed) and the type of the special symbol determined as described above. The main CPU 101 refers to the stop display time table 115 to determine the stop display time corresponding to the current game state and the determined special symbol. Then, when the variable display of the special symbol ends (stops), the special symbol is stopped and displayed until the determined stop display time elapses.
As shown in FIG. 13, according to the stop display time table 115, when the current game state is the normal game state, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined when the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined. When the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 are determined, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, and when the time reduction symbol J1 or J2 is determined, the stop display time of 20 seconds is determined. be done.
In addition, when the game state at the present time is the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, or the high-probability time-saving gaming state, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the jackpot patterns X1, X2, X3 , X4, X5 or X6, and when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined.

Next, a description will be given of processing related to the normal game.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball that is shot by a shooting device (not shown) and flows down the game area 12 passes through the gate 20, the movable piece 16b is operated to protrude the movable piece 16b. Ordinary design lottery to determine whether or not is performed. Then, when a win is obtained by the lottery of the normal symbols, the movable piece 16b is in a projecting state for a predetermined operating time, so that the game ball that has flowed down to the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b is guided to the second start winning opening 16. , the game ball can be entered into the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加
This lottery for normal symbols is based on a winning determination random number acquired when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and a winning determination random number determination table 116 stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random number. is done.

Then, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, the above-mentioned winning determination random number is obtained, and the random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area of the main RAM 103 with an upper limit of four. Specifically, this normal map reservation storage area is composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, and the order of passing through the gate 20 is stored from the first storage unit. It has become. Further, when the determined random number is already stored in several storage units, the determined random number is stored in the storage unit with the smallest number among the empty storage units. Then, when four winning determination random numbers are already stored in the normal pattern holding storage area, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20, the winning determination random numbers related to this passage are not stored in the normal pattern holding storage area. .
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the winning determination random number. This winning random number is updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of hit determination random numbers stored in the general pattern reservation storage area (hereinafter also referred to as the general pattern reservation number) is a general pattern reservation number counter (not shown in particular) ).

The hit determination random number determination table 116 is for determining whether or not it is hit by lottery of normal symbols, and as shown in FIGS. The first determination table 116a referred to during the normal gaming state), the second determination table 116b referred to during the time-saving gaming state JT1 (that is, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1), and the time-saving gaming state JT2 (that is, , and a third determination table 116c that is referred to during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state). Although not shown, the first determination table 116a is also referred to during the special game.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball passes through the gate 20, one winning random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is acquired. Then, if the game state at the time when the lottery for the normal symbol is performed is the non-time-saving game state, the first determination table 116a is selected, and the normal based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected first determination table 116a A design lottery will be held. In addition, if the game state at the time of lottery of normal symbols is the time-saving game state JT1, the second determination table 116b is selected, and the normal based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected second determination table 116b. A design lottery will be held. In addition, if the game state at the time of lottery of normal symbols is the time-saving game state JT2, the third determination table 116c is selected, and the normal based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected third determination table 116c. A design lottery will be held.

As shown in FIG. 14(a), according to the first determination table 116a, it is determined to be a hit when the hit determination random number is 1 to 65500, and when the hit determination random number is other than this (0, 65501 to 65535). It is determined to be lost if Therefore, the probability of winning in this first determination table 116a is approximately 99/100.
As shown in FIG. 14(b), according to the second determination table 116b, similarly to the first determination table 116a, it is determined that a winning determination random number is between 1 and 65500, and other winning determination random numbers If it is (0, 65501 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning in the second determination table 116b is also approximately 99/100, similar to the first determination table 116a.
As shown in FIG. 14(c), according to the third determination table 116c, similarly to the first determination table 116a and the second determination table 116b, it is determined that a winning determination random number is 1 to 65500, If it is a hit determination random number (0, 65501 to 65535) other than this, it is determined to be a loss. Therefore, the probability of winning in the third determination table 116c is also approximately 99/100, similar to the first determination table 116a and the second determination table 116b.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to be the same in any game state.
In addition, when winning is determined by lottery of normal symbols, winning symbols are determined, and when losing, losing symbols are determined.

In addition, the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment includes a normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 and a movable piece operation control table 118 as tables for determining the variation pattern of normal symbols and controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b. It has

The normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is for determining the normal symbol variation pattern. As described above, when the game ball passes through the gate 20 and the normal symbol lottery is performed, the normal symbol variation pattern is determined based on the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 .
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 15, when the game state is the non-time-saving game state, the normal pattern variation pattern in which the variation time of 10 seconds is set is determined, and the game state is the time-saving game state. In the case of the game state JT1, a normal symbol variation pattern in which a variation time of 9.5 seconds, which is slightly shorter than the non-time-saving game state, is set is determined, and when the game state is the time-saving game state JT2, the non-time-saving game state. A normal symbol variation pattern is determined in which a variation time of 1 second, which is extremely shorter than the game state and the time-saving game state JT1, is set. It should be noted that, although not shown in particular, during the special game, as in the non-time-saving game state, the normal symbol variation pattern in which the variation time of 10 seconds is set is determined.
Then, when the normal symbol variation pattern is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 (see FIG. 3) blinks during the variation time set for the normal symbol variation pattern. Then, when the winning pattern is determined by the lottery of the normal patterns, the normal pattern display device 32 lights up, and when the losing pattern is determined as the losing pattern, the normal pattern display device 32 is turned on. lights out.
In this specification, the blinking display of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design fluctuation", the lighting or extinguishing of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design stop display", and the "normal design stoppage". , "Normal symbol fluctuation stop", etc.

In addition, the movable piece actuation control table 118 is referred to for controlling the actuation of the movable piece 16b provided side by side with the second start winning opening 16. FIG.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the normal symbol display device 32 is turned on, the movable piece 16b operates in a manner determined by the movable piece operation control table 118. As shown in FIG. Specifically, when the game state is a non-time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. The piece 16b will be in a protruding state for 0.05 seconds. In addition, when the game state is the time saving game state JT1, as shown in FIG. 16, the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized for 0.08 seconds (=0.08 seconds × 1 time), so , It will be in a projecting state for 0.08 seconds, which is slightly longer than the non-time-saving gaming state. In addition, when the game state is the time-saving game state JT2, as shown in FIG. 16, the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized for 3 seconds (= 3 seconds × 1 time), so the movable piece 16b is a non-time-saving game It becomes a projecting state for 3 seconds longer than the state and the time saving game state JT1. In addition, although not shown in particular, during a special game, the movable piece 16b will be in a protruded state for 0.05 second like a non-time-saving game state.

As described above, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state), the normal pattern lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 has a very high probability of winning, and the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state. There are many opportunities to become However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the actuation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to move from the retracted state to the protruding state (from the protruding state to the next protruding state). The interval until the state is reached is long), and the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the projecting state is extremely short. Furthermore, the time for which this protruding state is maintained is about 0.3 which is the above-mentioned opening arrival time (the time until the game ball on the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b reaches the opening of the second start winning opening 16). shorter than a second. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and even if it is in a protruding state, before the game ball on the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b reaches the opening of the second start winning opening 16 Since it is in the immersed state, it is impossible for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning opening 16 in principle.

In addition, during the time-saving gaming state JT1 (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1), the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is the same as during the non-time-saving gaming state, so as in the non-time-saving gaming state, the movable piece There are many opportunities for 16b to protrude. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 9.5 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.08 seconds, the same as during the non-time-saving game state, until the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state from an immersed state. is long, and the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the projecting state is extremely short. Furthermore, the time for which this protruding state is maintained is shorter than the opening arrival time mentioned above (approximately 0.3 seconds). Therefore, although there is a slight difference in the normal pattern fluctuation time and the operation time of the movable piece 16b during the non-time-saving game state, even during the time-saving game state JT1, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and the projecting state Even if it becomes, the game ball on the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b will be in the immersed state before reaching the opening of the second start winning port 16, so in principle the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b will be the second It is impossible to enter the start winning opening 16. - 特許庁

On the other hand, during the time-saving game state JT2 (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, during the high-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is during the non-time-saving game state and during the time-saving game state JT1. Since it is the same, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to be in a projecting state, as in the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state JT1. Then, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 1 second shorter than during the non-time-saving game state and during the time-saving game state JT1, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 3 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state and during the time-saving game state JT1. Therefore, the time until the movable piece 16b is in the protruding state from the immersion state is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state JT1, and the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is long. Furthermore, the time for which this protruding state is maintained is longer than the opening arrival time mentioned above (approximately 0.3 seconds). Therefore, during the time-saving gaming state JT2, the period in which the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state is longer, and the game ball on the right end of the upper surface of the movable piece 16b can be guided to the opening of the second start winning opening 16. A game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can be entered into the second start winning opening 16 at a high frequency.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in any of the non-time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state JT1, and the time-saving gaming state JT2, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally set extremely high. However, the possibility that the game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 is changed by making the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operating time of the movable piece 16b different.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 during both the non-time-saving gaming state and the time-saving gaming state JT1, but during the time-saving gaming state JT2 makes it possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 at a high frequency. Therefore, during the time-saving gaming state JT2 (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state), it is possible to frequently win prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the second start winning hole 16. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state) and during the time-saving game state JT1 (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1), while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls as the game progresses, the winning lottery per predetermined time will be able to acquire many opportunities for

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the time-saving game state JT2, compared to the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state JT1, the average of the special symbol variation time is controlled (so-called special symbol operation of the variation reduction function) is performed (see FIGS. 11 and 12). As a result, coupled with the change in the frequency of the game balls entering the second start winning hole 16 described above, during the time-saving gaming state JT2, during the non-time-saving gaming state and during the time-saving gaming state JT1 Then, the winning lottery and the variable display of the special symbols are easily executed. That is, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery (in other words, the frequency of execution of variable display of special symbols) is changed.

In addition, for each game state, in order to change the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the execution frequency of the winning lottery and the variable display of the special symbol, Any one or more of the elements that determine the performance (probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols, fluctuation time of normal symbols, operation time of movable piece 16b) may be set to have different contents, or all elements may have different contents. In addition, while all the elements that determine the performance of the general pattern game are set to the same contents in any game state, even if it is set so that the average of the fluctuation time of the special pattern is different for each game state good.

(Outline of processing in pachinko machine P)
Next, the outline of the processing executed by the main control board 100 with the progress of the above-mentioned special game, normal game and special game will be described using a flowchart.
First, the main processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
When power is supplied from the power board, a system reset occurs in the main CPU 101, and the main CPU 101 executes the main processing shown in the flowchart of FIG.

At step 100, the main CPU 101 executes initialization processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 101.
In step 101, the main CPU 101 updates the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number referred to when updating the special symbol random number. This special symbol random number initial value update random number is for determining the initial value of the special symbol random number. That is, the special symbol random number is updated with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at the time of starting the update as the initial value. Then, when this random number range is circulated once, the update of the special symbol random number is continued with the special symbol random number initial value update random number at that time as the initial value. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 102 .

At step 102, the main CPU 101 updates the variation pattern random number for determining the variation pattern. After the processing of step 102 is completed, the processing of steps 101 and 102 is repeated until a predetermined interrupt processing is performed.

Next, the initialization process of step 100 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 130, the main CPU 101 reads the startup program from the main ROM 102, and performs various other processes necessary for power failure recovery (when the power switch is turned on, when power is recovered from an unexpected power failure). Execute the initial setting process. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 131 .
At step 131, the main CPU 101 sets a power interruption monitoring time timer counter, which is a standby time until the execution of the various processes described above is started after the power interruption is restored. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 132 .

At step 132, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a power interruption occurrence signal is detected. Then, when it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal is detected, the process returns to step 131 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal has not been detected, the process proceeds to the next step 133 .
At step 133, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the power interruption monitoring time set at step 131 has elapsed. If it is determined that the time has not elapsed, the process returns to step 132 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the period has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 134 . A subtraction timer is employed as the power failure monitoring time timer counter, and the timer counter is decremented by 1 each time the determination of detection of the power failure occurrence signal is executed. It is determined that the monitoring time has elapsed.

At step 134 , the main CPU 101 permits access to the main RAM 103 . By performing this processing, various data can be stored in the main RAM 103 and various data can be read (loaded) from the main RAM 103 thereafter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 135 .
At step 135, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the conditions for RAM clear processing are satisfied. That is, the power is turned on (the power switch is turned on) while the RAM clear switch provided on the power supply board is operated, or the data stored in the main RAM 103 and the data stored in the main RAM 103 at the time of an unexpected power interruption. It is checked whether there is a mismatch with the data stored in the main RAM 103 at the time of return. When the power is turned on while the RAM clear switch is operated, or when a mismatch occurs in the stored data, it is determined that the conditions for the RAM clear processing are satisfied. On the other hand, if the power is turned on without the RAM clear switch being operated, or if the data stored in the main RAM 103 is restored from an unexpected power failure without any inconsistency, the conditions for the RAM clear processing are not satisfied. I judge. If it is determined that the conditions for RAM clear processing are not satisfied, the process proceeds to step 138 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the conditions for RAM clear processing are satisfied, the process proceeds to the next step 136 .

At step 136, the main CPU 101 executes RAM clear processing (that is, clearing of data stored in the main RAM 103). When the RAM clear processing is executed, the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is cleared, and the normal game state is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 137 .
At step 137 , the main CPU 101 transmits a RAM clear command indicating that the RAM clear process has been executed to the launch payout control board 200 and the sub control board 300 . Then go to step 140 .

Further, in step 138 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 135 that the conditions for the RAM clear processing are not satisfied, the main CPU 101 clears only a part of the data stored in the main RAM 103 before the power failure occurred. Perform normal power failure recovery processing that maintains other data. Note that even if the normal power interruption recovery process is executed, the game state set before the occurrence of the power interruption is not cleared, and the game state is maintained as it is. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 139.
At step 139 , the main CPU 101 transmits a power failure recovery command indicating recovery from the power failure to the launch payout control board 200 and the sub control board 300 . Then, go to the next step 140 .

At step 140 , the main CPU 101 transmits various commands to the sub-control board 300 based on power failure recovery. Commands sent to the sub-control board 300 when power is restored include a first hold number designation command indicating the first hold number, a second hold number designation command indicating the second hold number, and a game state when power is restored. game state designation command to indicate, a launch position designation command to indicate the direction of launching the game ball (either right-handed or left-handed), and the like. Then, the initialization process ends.

Next, power interruption evacuation processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the voltage of the supplied power falls below a predetermined value, the main processing of the main control board 100 is interrupted, and the power interruption evacuation processing shown in the flowchart of FIG. 19 is executed. .

At step 150, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a power interruption occurrence signal is detected. Then, when it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal is detected, the process proceeds to step 152 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal has not been detected, the process proceeds to the next step 151 .
At step 151, the main CPU 101 performs processing for permitting an interrupt. Then, the power interruption saving process ends.

Further, in step 152 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 150 that the power interruption occurrence signal is detected, the main CPU 101 prohibits access to the main RAM 103 . As a result of this processing, it becomes impossible to store various data in the main RAM 103 or read out (load) various data from the main RAM 103, and the stored data in the main RAM 103 is retained. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 153 .
At step 153, the main CPU 101 sets a power failure monitoring time in a power failure monitoring time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 154 .

At step 154, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a power interruption occurrence signal is detected. Then, when it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal is detected, the process returns to step 153 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the power interruption occurrence signal has not been detected, the process proceeds to the next step 155 .
At step 155, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the power interruption monitoring time set at step 153 has passed. Then, if it is determined that the period has not elapsed, the process returns to step 154 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the period has elapsed, the power interruption saving process is terminated and the initialization process described above is executed. Determination of the elapse of the power interruption monitoring time is performed in the same manner as the determination in the initialization process described above.
It should be noted that in the event of a power failure, the operation of the pachinko machine P is stopped during the loop from step 153 to step 155 described above.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
A reset clock pulse generation circuit provided on the main control board 100 generates a clock pulse every predetermined period (4 milliseconds in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment). Timer interrupt processing is executed.

At step 200, the main CPU 101 executes timer update processing for updating various timer counters. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 201 .
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 201, the main CPU 101 updates the special symbol random number. Specifically, the random number counter is updated by adding "1", and if the result of the addition exceeds the maximum value of the random number range, the random number counter is returned to "0", and when the random number counter completes one cycle, updates the random number from the value of the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 202 .

At step 202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is an input from the gate detection sensor 20a, the first starting winning opening detecting sensor 15a, the second starting winning opening detecting sensor 16a, and the specific area detecting sensor 57a. A sensor detection process for performing a predetermined process is executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 203 .
In step 203, the main CPU 101 executes a special figure related control process for controlling a special figure game and a special game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 204 .

In step 204, the main CPU 101 executes a general-purpose related control process for controlling a general-purpose game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 205 .
At step 205, the main CPU 101 executes error-related processing for controlling the occurrence and cancellation of various errors. Specifically, when the main control board 100 receives a door open command based on the opening of the front door 3, a pan full command based on the full state of the pan 7, or the like, the main CPU 101 designates the corresponding error. A command (for example, a door opening command, a saucer full command, etc.) is generated and stored (set) in the performance transmission data storage area. Also, when the main control board 100 no longer receives the above-described command, the main CPU 101 generates a corresponding error cancellation designation command (for example, a door closing command, a full tank cancellation command, etc.) and stores the performance transmission data. store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 206 .

In step 206, when detection signals from the general winning opening detection sensor 14a, the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a, the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a, and the big winning opening detection sensor 18a are input to the main CPU 101, The main CPU 101 updates a prize ball counter provided corresponding to each detection signal, and transmits a payout number designation command corresponding to each detection signal to the launch payout control board 200 . When the ball is paid out by the launch payout control board 200, a payout command is transmitted to the main control board 100 for each payout, and the main CPU 101 subtracts the prize ball counter when receiving the payout command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 207 .
In step 207, the main CPU 101 outputs external information data for outputting the game state of the pachinko machine P to the outside of the pachinko machine P, movable piece solenoid data for controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b, Large winning opening solenoid data for controlling opening and closing, various display devices (first special symbol display device 30, second special symbol display device 31, normal symbol display device 32, first special symbol reservation display device 38, second special Creation of display data and the like for the drawing reservation display device 39 and the normal design reservation display device 33) is executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 208 .

In step 208, the main CPU 101 performs output control processing such as port output for outputting each data signal created in step 207 and command transmission for transmitting the command stored in the effect transmission data storage area. to run. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 ends.

Next, the sensor detection process of step 202 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 300 , the main CPU 101 executes a gate detection process for performing a normal symbol lottery based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the gate 20 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 301 .
At step 301 , the main CPU 101 executes first start winning opening detection processing for performing a lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first starting winning opening 15 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 302 .

At step 302 , the main CPU 101 executes a second starting winning opening detection process for performing a lottery based on the game ball entering the second starting winning opening 16 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 303 .
At step 303 , the main CPU 101 executes specific area detection processing for performing predetermined processing based on the fact that the game ball has entered the specific area 57 . Then, the sensor detection process ends.

Next, the gate detection process of step 300 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 400, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a is input. If it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has not been input, the gate detection process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 401 .
In step 401, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the normal pattern pending number counter (that is, the normal pattern pending number at the present time) is less than "4". If it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the gate detection processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than 4, the process proceeds to next step 402 .

In step 402, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 403 .
At step 403, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning determination random number, stores it in the general pattern reservation storage area, and terminates the gate detection process.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning opening in step 301 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a. When it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a is not input, the first start winning hole detection process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a is input, the process proceeds to the next step 501 .
At step 501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the first pending number counter (that is, the current first pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the process at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the next step 502 is performed.

At step 502, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the first pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 503 .
At step 503, the main CPU 101 obtains a hit/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 504 .

At step 504, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reservation storage area where the win/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 505.
At step 505, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area where the hit/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 506 .

At step 506, the main CPU 101 generates a starting prize winning command indicating that the first special random number has been stored, and stores it in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 507 .
At step 507, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the non-time-saving gaming state or the time-saving gaming state JT1. Then, when it is determined that it is neither the non-time-saving game state nor the time-saving game state JT1 (that is, it is the time-saving game state JT2), the first start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is the non-time-saving gaming state or the time-saving gaming state JT1, the process proceeds to the next step 508 .

In step 508, the main CPU 101 determines the stored first special random number (the first special random number is acquired (stored as pending) before the start of fluctuation of the special symbol based on the first special random number). (at the point in time) executes a preliminary determination process for making various determinations regarding the lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning opening in step 302 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a is not input, the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the second starting prize winning opening detection sensor 16a has been input, the next step 601 is performed.
At step 601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the second pending number counter (that is, the current second pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the processing at the time of detection of the second starting winning opening is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the next step 602 is performed.

At step 602, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the second pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 603 .
At step 603, the main CPU 101 acquires a hit/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 604 .

At step 604, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 605 .
At step 605, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage section of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 606 .

At step 606, the main CPU 101 generates a start winning command indicating that the second special random number has been stored, and stores it in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 607 .
At step 607, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the time-saving gaming state JT2. Then, when it is determined that it is not the time saving game state JT2 (that is, it is the non time saving game state or the time saving game state JT1), the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is the time-saving gaming state JT2, the process proceeds to the next step 608 .

In step 608, the main CPU 101 determines the stored second special random number (the second special random number is acquired (stored as pending) before the start of fluctuation of the special symbol based on the second special random number). (at the point in time) executes a preliminary determination process for making various determinations regarding the lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the preliminary determination processing of steps 508 and 608 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. It should be noted that, in the pre-determination process of step 508 described above, the following process is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the first reservation storage area, and the first reservation number. Then, in the above-described step 608 prior determination processing, the following processing is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the second reservation storage area, and the second reservation number be done.
At step 650, the main CPU 101 determines the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), and , Check the game state (normal game state, low probability time saving game state LJT1, low probability time saving game state LJT2, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 651 .

At step 651, the main CPU 101 acquires one of the win/fail random number determination tables 110 (low probability determination table 110a, high probability determination table 110b) corresponding to the gaming state confirmed at step 650 described above. and the stored random number, the winning/failing determination process for determining the result of the winning/failing lottery is executed. After that, the data related to the result of the determination (won a jackpot, win or lose time saving) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 652 .
At step 652, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , Based on the result of the winning lottery determined in step 651 described above and the stored special symbol random number, the type of jackpot design (jackpot design X1, X2, X3), the type of time reduction design (time reduction design J1, J2 ), or the type of lost pattern (losing pattern Z1) is determined. In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the above-mentioned Based on the result of the winning lottery determined in step 651 and the stored special symbol random number, the type of jackpot pattern (jackpot patterns X4, X5, X6), the type of time-saving design (time-saving design J1, J2), or , the type of lost pattern (losing pattern Z2) is determined. The main CPU 101 stores data relating to the determination result (type of special symbol) in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 653 .

At step 653, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the gaming state confirmed at step 650 described above. Then, go to the next step 654 .
In step 654, the main CPU 101 generates a variation pattern command based on the type of special symbol determined in step 652 above, the number of reservations, the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 653 above, and the stored variation pattern random number. A variation pattern command determination process for determining is executed. Then, go to the next step 655 .

At step 655, the main CPU 101 generates a pre-determination command including the result of the lottery determined at step 651, the type of special symbol determined at step 652, and the variation pattern command determined at step 654. is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the pre-determination process is terminated.
By the above process, for the first special random number or the second special random number stored as pending, the result of the winning lottery determined at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, the type of special symbol and the variation pattern command are the pre-determination command , the random number is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in advance (that is, before the start of variation) at the time of acquisition of the random number.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the above-described preliminary determination process, the To determine the first special random number or the second special random number acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 and stored in the reserved storage area (second reserved storage area) However, it is not limited to this. For example, in the preliminary determination process, instead of directly determining the random numbers stored in the reserved storage area, random numbers stored in other storage areas (for example, registers) may be determined.

Next, the specific area detection processing of step 303 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 670, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is being played. Then, when it is determined that the special game is not being performed, the specific area detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 671 .
At step 671, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times (once in this embodiment). When it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has not been input a predetermined number of times, the process at the time of specific area detection ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672 .
At step 672 , the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57 . Then, the process at the time of specific area detection ends.

Next, the special figure related control process of step 203 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 700, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the execution phase data. This execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) that constitute the special figure-related control process is executed. Specifically, the execution phase data includes data "00" indicating execution of special symbol variation start processing described later, data "01" indicating execution of special symbol variation stop processing described later, and post-stop processing described later. , data "03" indicating execution of a special game control process described later, and data "04" indicating execution of a special game end process described later.
Based on the value of the execution phase data loaded in step 700, the main CPU 101 performs special symbol variation start processing (step 701), special symbol variation stop processing (step 702), post-stop processing (step 703), special Either the game control process (step 704) or the special game end process (step 705) is executed. Then, the special figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation start processing of step 701 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "00" indicating execution of the special symbol variation start process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "00", the process proceeds to the next step 801. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "00", the special symbol variation start process is terminated.
In step 801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special random number is stored in the storage section of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is "1" or more. . And when it determines with the 2nd special random number being memorize|stored, it progresses to step 804. FIG. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to the next step 802 .

In step 802, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special random number is stored in the storage section of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is "1" or more. . Then, when it is determined that the first special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 812 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 803 .
At step 803, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the first reservation storage area. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the first reserved storage area is used in a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO) process for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .

Also, in step 804, which proceeds when it is determined that the second special random number is stored in step 801 described above, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reservation number counter by "1", and the second reservation storage Perform region shift processing. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage section of the second reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage section of the second reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the second reserved storage area is used in a so-called first-in first-out (FIFO) process for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .
At step 805, the main CPU 101 increments the count value of the variation counter for counting the number of executions of the win/fail lottery (the number of variations of the special symbol) by "1". Further, the main CPU 101 stores a variation number command including the count value of the variation number counter in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the change number command is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300 can grasp the current count value of the change number counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 806 .

At step 806, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process for deriving the winning/failing lottery result. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 807 .
At step 807, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , Based on the result of the lottery determined in step 806 above (winning the jackpot, winning the time saving award, losing) and the special symbol random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804 above , types of jackpot patterns (jackpot patterns X1, X2, X3), types of time-saving patterns (time-saving patterns J1, J2), or types of losing patterns (losing patterns Z1) are determined. In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the above-mentioned Based on the result of the winning lottery determined in step 806 (winning the jackpot, winning the time saving grant, losing) and the special pattern random number stored in the predetermined processing area in the above step 803 or step 804, the jackpot pattern (jackpot patterns X4, X5, X6), the types of time saving patterns (time saving patterns J1, J2), or the types of losing patterns (losing patterns Z2). Then, data corresponding to the determined special symbol is stored in a predetermined temporary storage area of the main RAM103. Further, in this special symbol determination process, the current game state, that is, the game state at the time when the special symbol is determined is stored in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 808 .
In addition, in the special symbol variation start processing of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, the second special random number is given priority to the first special random number. Tokuzu random numbers are processed, but it is not limited to this, and may be processed in the order stored in the reserved storage area.

At step 808, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating the type of special symbol determined at step 807 in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, information relating to the type of the determined special symbol is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of variation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 809 .
At step 809, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing for determining a variation pattern based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area at step 803 or step 804 described above. Then, go to the next step 810 .

At step 810 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of special symbols on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 . As a result, when the special symbol fluctuating display is performed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol display device 30 starts blinking display, and the special symbol is displayed based on the second special symbol random number. When the variable display is performed, the second special symbol display device 31 starts blinking display. Here, the blinking display means that "-" blinks at a predetermined interval on each display device.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the first special figure random number is stored in the first reservation storage area, the first special figure reservation display device 38 displays the first reservation number in a recognizable manner. And, when the second special figure random number is stored in the second reservation storage area, the second special figure reservation display device 39 is displayed in such a manner that the second reservation number can be recognized. Then, when the variable display of the above-mentioned special symbol is performed based on the first special symbol random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the first special symbol reservation is performed to indicate that the first reservation number is reduced by one. When the display device 38 is display controlled and the variable display of the special symbol described above is performed based on the second special random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the second reservation number is reduced by one. , the display of the second special figure reservation display device 39 is controlled.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 811.

At step 811, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "01" so that the special symbol variation stop processing is executed in the special symbol related control processing, and ends the special symbol variation start processing.
In addition, in step 812, which proceeds when it is determined in step 802 that the first special random number is not stored in the first reservation storage area, the main CPU 101 performs the effect display based on the fact that the variable display is not performed. In the device 21, a customer waiting determination process for displaying the customer waiting is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 counts the time during which the special symbols are not variably displayed, and when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the special symbols being variably displayed. , a customer waiting command for displaying a customer waiting screen on the performance display device 21 is stored in the performance transmission data storage area assuming that the customer waiting state has occurred. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the suitability determination processing of step 806 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 850, the main CPU 101 selects one (low probability determination table 110a, high probability determination table 110b) corresponding to the current game state (low probability game state, high probability game state) from among the win/fail random number determination tables 110. Based on the selected table and the hit/fail random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804 described above, it is determined whether or not the jackpot will be won. Do) Execute the jackpot success/failure determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the jackpot from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. If the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that a big win has been won, and if the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong to the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a big win has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 851 .
At step 851, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the jackpot success/failure determination process executed at step 850 is a jackpot winning (that is, whether or not a jackpot has been won). Then, when it is determined that the jackpot has not been won (the jackpot has not been won), the process proceeds to step 853 . On the other hand, if it is determined that a jackpot has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 852 .

At step 852 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the jackpot has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
Also, in step 853 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined that the jackpot has not been won in step 851 described above, the main CPU 101 selects the table selected in step 850 described above and the table stored in the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804 described above. Based on the success or failure random number (that is, the same success or failure random number as the determination target in step 850 described above), it is determined whether or not the time reduction grant will be won (i.e., determination of time reduction grant Do) Execute the time saving grant determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the time-saving award from the above-described table, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned success or failure random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is won, and when the above-mentioned success or failure random number does not belong to the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is not won. Then, go to the next step 854 .

In step 854, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the time reduction granting propriety determination process executed in the above-described step 853 was winning of the time reduction grant (that is, whether or not the time reduction grant was won). Then, when it is determined that it is not elected for the reduction of working hours (not elected for the reduction of working hours), the process proceeds to step 856 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving provision is made, the process proceeds to the next step 855 .
At step 855 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the time-saving award has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

Further, in step 856 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in the above-described step 854 that the time-saving award has not been won, the main CPU 101 stores in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 that it is a failure. Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, both the jackpot success/failure determination process and the time-saving grant success/failure determination process select the success/failure random number determination table 110 corresponding to the game state and obtain information on the numerical range to be determined. , and a common processing program (same module) for determining whether or not the random number belongs to the numerical range.

Next, the variation pattern determination process of step 809 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 900, the main CPU 101 determines the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), game Confirm the state (normal game state, low probability time saving game state LJT1, low probability time saving game state LJT2, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 901 .
At step 901, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the gaming state confirmed at step 900 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 902 .

In step 902, the main CPU 101 uses the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 901 described above, the type of special symbol determined in step 807 described above, the pending number confirmed in step 900 described above, and the Alternatively, at 804, a variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area, and the determined variation pattern command is stored in a predetermined processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 903 .
At step 903, the main CPU 101 stores the variation pattern command determined at step 902 in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 904 .

At step 904 , the main CPU 101 determines the variation time associated with the variation pattern command based on the variation pattern table 114 . Then, the determined variable time is set in the variable time timer counter. Then, the variation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing of step 702 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "01" indicating the execution of the special symbol variation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "01", the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "01", the process proceeds to step 1001 below.

At step 1001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variable time set in the variable time timer counter at step 904 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the variation time has not passed, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1002 .
At step 1002, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stop-displaying the special symbol determined at step 807 on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, and sets the special symbol. stop display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003 .

At step 1003, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating that the special symbol is determined in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1004 .
At step 1004, the main CPU 101 refers to the stop display time table 115 to determine the stop display time corresponding to the current gaming state and the type of special symbol determined at step 807 described above. Set the stop display time to the stop display time timer counter. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, when the game state at the present time is the normal game state, when the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined, and when the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or A stop display time of 0.5 seconds is set when X6 is determined, and a stop display time of 20 seconds is set when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined (see FIG. 13). Also, in the case where the current game state is other than the normal game state (low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1, low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2, high-probability short-time gaming state), when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the jackpot pattern X1 , X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6, and when the time saving symbol J1 or J2 is determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is set (see FIG. 13). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1005 .

At step 1005, the main CPU 101 sets "02" to the execution phase data so that the post-stop process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of step 703 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "02" indicating execution of post-stop processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "02", the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "02", the process proceeds to the next step 1101. FIG.
At step 1101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter at step 1004 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1102 .

At step 1102, the main CPU 101 stores a stop display end command indicating that the stop display time has elapsed in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the fact that the stop display time has elapsed is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1103 .
At step 1103, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets a first time-saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the time-saving game state JT1, or a second time-saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the time-saving game state JT2. is turned on. And when it determines with the 1st time saving game flag or the 2nd time saving game flag being ON, the time saving frequency storage area provided in main RAM103 is updated. In this time-saving number storage area, the number of remaining fluctuations until the time-saving game state being set is completed is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". Further, when it is determined that neither the first time-saving game flag nor the second time-saving game flag is turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1104 .

At step 1104, the main CPU 101 performs highly accurate count update processing. Here, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a high-probability game flag indicating that the current game state is a high-probability game state is turned on. Then, when it is determined that the high-probability game flag is turned on, the high-probability number storage area provided in the main RAM 103 is updated. In this high-probability-number storage area, the number of fluctuations remaining until the high-probability game state ends is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". Further, when it is determined that the high probability game flag is not turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1105 .

At step 1105, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a jackpot symbol (that is, it is a time-saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1111 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1106 .
In step 1106, the main CPU 101 selects the jackpot winning for transmitting the game state at the time of winning the jackpot and the types of the jackpot symbols stopped and displayed (jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6) to the sub control board 300. Sets the hour command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1107 .

At step 1107, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1108 .
At step 1108, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is to start. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1109 .

At step 1109, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds to "3" if the stopped jackpot symbols are X1, X2, X4 or X5, and if the stopped jackpot symbols are X3 or X6. If so, set "10" as the number of rounds. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1110 .
At step 1110, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "03" so that the special game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

In addition, in step 1111, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1105 that the special symbols stopped and displayed are not the jackpot symbols, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbols stopped and displayed are time-saving symbols. . Then, when it is determined that the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is not the time-saving symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1115 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is the time saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1112 .
At step 1112, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current game state (that is, the game state at the time of execution of the winning/failure lottery, the game state at the time when the special symbols start to fluctuate) is the normal game state. And, when it is determined that it is not the normal gaming state (that is, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, or the high-probability time-saving gaming state), the process proceeds to step 1114 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be in the normal game state, the process proceeds to the next step 1113 .

At step 1113, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving game state setting process for setting a game state according to the time-saving symbols stopped and displayed. Specifically, when the stop-displayed time-saving symbol is J1, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time-saving game flag and sets the number of times of time-saving to “10000”. As a result, the low probability time saving game state LJT1 with 10000 times of time saving is set (the normal game state is changed to the low probability time saving game state LJT1 (the number of time saving is 10000 times)). Further, when the stop-displayed time-saving symbol is J2, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time-saving game flag and sets the number of times of time-saving to "10000". As a result, the low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 times of time saving is set (the normal game state is changed to the low probability time saving game state LJT2 (the number of time saving is 10000 times)). Then, the process proceeds to step 1115 .
Also, in step 1114 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined that it is not in the normal gaming state in step 1112 described above, the main CPU 101 determines the remaining number of fluctuations until the time-saving gaming state being set ends, and the high-probability gaming state ends. A normal game state setting process for setting a normal game state is executed based on the remaining number of fluctuations up to. Specifically, when the number of remaining fluctuations stored in the time saving number storage area updated in step 1103 described above is "0", the first time saving game flag or the second time saving game that has been turned on turn off the flag. Also, when the remaining number of fluctuations stored in the high-probability-number storage area updated in step 1104 becomes "0", the high-probability game flag that has been turned off is turned off. Thereby, the normal game state is set (the set low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, or high-probability time-saving game state is changed to the normal game state). In addition, if the remaining number of fluctuations stored in the time saving number storage area after updating is "1" or more, the remaining number of fluctuations stored in the time saving number storage area after updating is "1" or more If there is, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1115 .

At step 1115, the main CPU 101 confirms the game state set after executing the processing of step 1113 or step 1114, and stores a game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1116 .
At step 1116, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation start process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the special game control processing of step 704 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "03" indicating execution of the special game control process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "03", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "03", the process proceeds to the next step 1201. FIG.
At step 1201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter at step 1108 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the opening time has not passed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1202 .

At step 1202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not ending processing, which is waiting processing performed after the end of all round games in this special game control processing, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1210 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 1203 .
In step 1203, the main CPU 101 performs a large winning opening opening/closing control process for opening and closing the large winning opening 18 and operating the distribution member 59 based on the special electric role product operation table 112 corresponding to the type of the jackpot symbol stopped and displayed. to run. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1204 .

At step 1204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has started based on the large winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203 described above. Then, if it is determined that the round game is not started, the process proceeds to step 1206 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is time to start the round game, the process proceeds to the next step 1205 .
At step 1205, the main CPU 101 stores a round game start command indicating the start of the round game in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1206 .
In addition, the round game start command is provided for each number of times of the round game, so that it is possible to transmit to the sub-control board 300 how many times the round game has been started.

At step 1206, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has ended based on the above-described big winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203. And, when it is determined that the round game has not ended, the special game control process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the round game has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 1207 .
At step 1207, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of rounds stored in the main RAM 103 by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1208 .

At step 1208, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round number decremented at step 1207 is "0". And, when it is determined that the number of rounds is not "0", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of rounds is "0", the process proceeds to the next step 1209 .
At step 1209, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set when the special game ends, in the ending time timer counter, and sends an ending command indicating that the ending process is started in the effect transmission data storage area. Remember. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Also, in step 1210 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 1202 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1209 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes special game control processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1211 .
At step 1211, the main CPU 101 stores a special game end command indicating that the special game has ended in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1212 .

At step 1212, the main CPU 101 sets "04" to the execution phase data so that the special game ending process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing of step 705 mentioned above will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG.
At step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "04" indicating execution of special game end processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "04", the special game end processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "04", the process proceeds to the next step 1301. FIG.
At step 1301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the entry flag is on. If it is determined that the entry flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 1303 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is ON, the process proceeds to the next step 1302 .

At step 1302, the main CPU 101 executes a high-probability game state setting process for setting the game state to a high-probability game state. Specifically, the high certainty game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the high certainty number of times. Then, the process proceeds to step 1304 .
Also, in step 1303 to which the game proceeds when it is determined that the entry flag is not ON in step 1301, the main CPU 101 executes a low probability game state setting process for setting the game state to a low probability game state. Specifically, the high certainty game flag is turned off. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1304 .

At step 1304, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving game state JT2 setting process for setting the game state to the time saving game state JT2. Specifically, the second time-saving game flag is turned on, and "100" is set to the number of times of time-saving. Then, go to step 1305 .
At step 1305, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1306 .

At step 1306, the main CPU 101 sets a game state designation command in the effect transmission data storage area according to the game state set as described above. This game state designation command includes information on or off the high-precision game flag, information on or off of the second time-saving game flag, information on the number of times of high-precision, and the number of times of time-saving set as described above. ing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1307 .
At step 1307, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the variation start process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the general-purpose map-related control process in step 204 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1400, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the general pattern execution phase data. This normal map execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) constituting the normal map related control process is to be executed. Specifically, this general pattern execution phase data includes data "10" indicating execution of normal symbol fluctuation start processing described later, data "11" indicating execution of normal symbol variation stop processing described later, and normal It has data "12" indicating execution of post-symbol stop processing and data "13" indicating execution of movable piece control processing described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 performs normal symbol fluctuation start processing (step 1401), normal symbol fluctuation stop processing (step 1402), normal symbol stop post-processing (step 1403) or the movable piece control process (step 1404). Then, the general/universal figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation start process of step 1401 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is "10" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation start process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "10", the normal pattern fluctuation start process is terminated. On the other hand, when the normal pattern execution phase data is determined to be “10”, the process proceeds to the next step 1501 .
In step 1501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a hit determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, that is, whether or not the normal pattern reservation number counter is equal to or greater than "1". Then, when it is determined that the general pattern holding number counter is not "1" or more (that is, "0"), the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number counter of the normal pattern is greater than or equal to "1", the process proceeds to the next step 1502.

In step 1502, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1503 .
At step 1503, the main CPU 101 executes shift processing of the normal diagram reservation storage area. Specifically, the winning determination random number stored in the first storage unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the winning number stored in the second storage unit to the fourth storage unit is stored. The decision random number is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number. As a result, the hit determination random number stored in the general pattern reservation storage area is so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used for the winning determination process described later. Then, the process proceeds to step 1504 .

In step 1504, the main CPU 101 determines the winning determination random number determination table 116 (first determination table 116a, second determination table 116b or 3rd determination table 116c) is selected, and based on the selected table and the hit determination random number stored in the processing area in the above-described step 1503, winning determination processing for deriving the result of the normal symbol lottery to run. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the first determination table 116a when it is in the non-time-saving gaming state, and refers to the second determination table 116b when it is in the time-saving gaming state JT1. If it is during JT2, the third determination table 116c is referred to determine the winning determination random number stored in the processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1505 .
At step 1505, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the winning determination process at step 1504 is a win. Then, if it is determined to be a hit, the process proceeds to the next step 1506 . On the other hand, if it is determined not to win (that is, to lose), the process proceeds to step 1507 .

At step 1506 , the main CPU 101 stores winning symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, go to step 1508 .
Also, in step 1507 to which the result of the lottery determination process is determined to be no win (that is, lose) in step 1505 described above, the main CPU 101 stores the losing symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1508 .

At step 1508, the main CPU 101 confirms whether the current gaming state is the non-time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state JT1, or the time-saving gaming state JT2, and refers to the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 to determine whether the game state is the current state. A normal pattern fluctuation time corresponding to the game state is set in a normal pattern fluctuation time timer counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the normal pattern fluctuation time timer counter to "10 seconds" when it is in the non-time saving game state, and sets the normal pattern fluctuation time timer counter when it is in the time saving game state JT1. is set to "9.5 seconds", and if it is in the time saving game state JT2, "1 second" is set to the normal figure fluctuation time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1509 .
At step 1509, the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of normal symbols. As a result, when the variable display of normal symbols is performed, the normal symbol display device 32 starts blinking display. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the winning determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, the normal pattern reservation display device 33 is displayed in a manner that allows recognition of the normal pattern reservation number. It's becoming Then, when the variable display of normal symbols is performed, the display of the normal symbol reservation display device 33 is controlled so as to indicate that the number of normal symbol reservations is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variable display. Then, go to the next step 1510 .

At step 1510, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the gaming machine state buffer as the game state at the start of fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1511 .
In step 1511, the main CPU 101 sets "11" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the normal symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation stop processing of step 1402 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is data "11" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "11", the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "11", the process proceeds to the next step 1601.
In step 1601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol variation time set in the normal symbol variation time timer counter in step 1508 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said fluctuation|variation time not having passed, the normal design fluctuation|variation stop processing is complete|finished. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1602 .

At step 1602, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the normal symbols on the normal symbol display device 32, and executes stop display of the normal symbols. Then, it proceeds to the next step 1603 .
In step 1603, the main CPU 101 sets a normal pattern stop display time for stop-displaying a normal pattern in a normal pattern stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1604 .

In step 1604, the main CPU 101 sets "12" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern stop post-processing is executed in the normal pattern related control process. Then, the normal symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol stop post-processing in step 1403 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1700, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is data "12" indicating execution of normal symbol stop post-processing. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "12", the normal pattern stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "12", the process proceeds to the next step 1701.
In step 1701, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern stop display time set in the normal pattern stop display time timer counter in step 1603 has passed. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern stop display time has not passed, the normal pattern stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1702 .

At step 1702, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol displayed in a stopped state is a winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a winning symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1704 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is a winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1703 .
At step 1703, the main CPU 101 sets "13" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the movable piece control process is executed in the normal pattern related control process. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1704, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1702 that the normal symbols stopped and displayed are not winning symbols (that is, they are losing symbols), the main CPU 101 starts normal symbol variation in the normal symbol-related control processing. "10" is set to the normal figure execution phase data so that the process is executed. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Next, the movable piece control processing of step 1404 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is data "13" indicating execution of the movable piece control process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "13", the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "13", the process proceeds to the next step 1801.
At step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the movable piece 16b is under operation control, that is, whether or not the movable piece solenoid 16c is energized. Then, when it is determined that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the process proceeds to step 1804 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece 16b is not under operation control, the process proceeds to the next step 1802 .

In step 1802, the main CPU 101 confirms whether the game state at the start of the fluctuation of the normal symbols was the non-time-saving game state, the time-saving game state JT1, or the time-saving game state JT2. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1803 .
At step 1803, the main CPU 101 refers to the movable piece actuation control table 118, and in accordance with the gaming state confirmed at step 1802, sets the number of actuation times (energization control data) as actuation control data (energization control data) for the movable piece solenoid 16c number of times) and operating time (energization time). As a result, the movable piece 16b is projected. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

Also, in step 1804 to which the operation of the movable piece 16b is being controlled in step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether the operation time (energization time) set in step 1803 has elapsed. judge. Then, when it is determined that the operation time (energization time) has not elapsed, the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the operation time (energization time) has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1805 .
At step 1805, the main CPU 101 stops the operation of the movable piece 16b, that is, stops the energization of the movable piece solenoid 16c. As a result, the movable piece 16b is retracted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1806 .

At step 1806, the main CPU 101 sets "10" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 (low-probability game state and time-saving game state JT1 game state combining), low probability time saving game state LJT2 (game state combining low probability game state and time saving game state JT2), or high probability time saving game state (combining high probability game state and time saving game state JT2 game state) is set, and the game progresses.

As described above, the normal game state is set in the initial state after the RAM is cleared (after reset).
During the normal game state, the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and even if the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加(See FIGS. 7(a), 14(a), 15 and 16).
Also, during the normal game state, as described above, the player is made to play the game in the first game area 12a, and as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, A game ball may enter the first start winning hole 15.例文帳に追加When a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during a normal game state, a winning lottery based on the entering ball can win a big win or a reduction in working hours, and when a big win is won, the big win symbols X1, X2 or X3 is determined, and when the time reduction award is won, the time reduction pattern J1 or J2 is determined (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(a)).

Then, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, since a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the determination, the game state after the special game is finished is low. It is set to probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times (see FIG. 10(a)). When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the specific area 57 during the special game ball based on the determination, and when the predetermined number of game balls enter, The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability times and the time-saving times are set to 10000 times (see FIG. 10(b)).
In addition, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the normal game state, the game state after the stop display time has passed after the variable display of the time saving pattern J1 is finished is a low probability time saving game state LJT1. , and the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 (see FIG. 10(c)). When the time reduction design J2 is determined by winning the time reduction grant during the normal game state, the game state after the stop display time has elapsed after the variable display of the time reduction design J2 is completed is set to the low probability time reduction game state LJT2. and the number of times of time saving is set to 10000 times (see FIG. 10(d)).
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a during the normal game state, based on the winning of the jackpot or the time saving grant, the low probability time saving state LJT1 (the number of time saving 10000 times), low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (time-saving number of times is 10000 times), low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (time-saving number of times is 100 times), or high probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability number and time-saving number of times are 10000 times) (See FIG. 40).

Here, during the normal game state (during the low probability game state), the probability of winning the time saving grant is about 1/20, so it is easy to win the time saving grant, and the probability of winning this time saving grant is normal game state Since it is much higher than the probability of winning the jackpot (about 1/300), it is easier to win the short-time award than winning the jackpot (see FIG. 7(a)). Also, if you win the time saving design, the probability that the time saving pattern J1 will be determined is 85%, and the probability that the time saving pattern J2 will be determined is 15%. 8(a) and (b)).
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is difficult to stay in the normal game state, and another game is played through the execution of a special game based on the winning of the jackpot or the determination of the time saving pattern J2 based on the winning of the time saving grant. Rather than shifting to the state, there is a high possibility of shifting to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 (the number of time-savings is 10000 times) due to the determination of the time-saving design J1 based on the winning of the time-saving grant.

During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same as during the normal gaming state, and even if the game ball is launched toward the second gaming area 12b as in the normal gaming state. A game ball does not enter the second starting winning hole 16 (see FIGS. 7(a), 14(b), 15 and 16).
In addition, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, as in the normal gaming state, the player is made to play the game in the first game area 12a, and the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a. As long as it is, there is a possibility that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15. When a game ball enters a first start winning hole 15 during a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, it is possible to win a big win or a time-saving grant in a winning lottery based on the entering ball, and when the big win is won, a big win pattern X1. , X2 or X3 are determined, and when the time reduction award is won, the time reduction pattern J1 or J2 is determined (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(a)).

Then, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, since a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the determination, the game state after the special game is finished is low. It is set to probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times (see FIG. 10(a)). When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the specific area 57 during the special game ball based on the determination, and when the predetermined number of game balls enter, The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability times and the time-saving times are set to 10000 times (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as described above, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1, the time saving gaming state JT1 or JT2 is not newly set based on the determination Since the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 being set continues, there is no transition to another gaming state (see FIGS. 10(c) and (d)).
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, based on the winning of the jackpot, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (time-saving number of times is 100 times) or a high probability time saving game state (high probability number and time saving number are 10000 times) (see FIG. 40).

Here, when the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J1 during the normal game state, the number of time saving times is set to 10000 times, and during the low probability time saving game state LJT1 (during the low probability game state ) is approximately 1/300, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 continues substantially until the jackpot is won, as described above. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, it is difficult to stay in the normal game state, and from the normal game state, it is easy to shift to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 based on the winning of the time-saving grant. There is a high possibility that the player will stay in the time-saving game state LJT1 longer than in the normal game state.
In addition, during the normal game state and the low probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is made to play the game in the first game area 12a, and the winning probability of the jackpot is the same. are almost the same (even if the game ball is launched into the second game area 12b, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the second start winning opening 16), so the aspect of the game operation (the first game area 12a It is impossible to recognize whether it is in the normal game state or the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 from the performance of the game ball (to) and the normal game.
In addition, as described above, in order to change the possibility of the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16 for each game state, the element that determines the performance of the general pattern game (normal pattern lottery and winning , the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b) can be set to have different contents.
Here, in order to make it impossible to enter the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 in both the normal game state and the low probability time saving game state LJT1, for example, during the low probability time saving game state LJT1 and Although the operation time of the movable piece 16b during the normal game state is set to the same time shorter than the opening arrival time, during the low probability time saving game state LJT1, the normal pattern fluctuation time is set shorter than the normal game state, and , During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, at least one of the settings with a higher probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery than in the normal gaming state may be set. Even in this case, if the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b are configured like the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment (see FIG. 4), the operation time of the movable piece 16b reaches the opening. As long as it is shorter than the time, other elements (normal pattern fluctuation time, probability of winning in normal pattern lottery) are set more advantageous than normal game state in low probability time-saving game state LJT1, even in any game state A game ball cannot be entered into the second start prize-winning hole 16, and the performance of the normal game is the same as that of the pachinko machine according to the present embodiment.

During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, but when the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b. , The game ball can be entered into the second start winning hole 16 at a high frequency (see FIGS. 7(a), 14(c), 15 and 16). That is, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, it is possible to frequently win prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the second start winning hole 16, and during the normal game state and during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 Since the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game can also be suppressed, the game state is more advantageous than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
In addition, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, as described above, the player is made to play the game in the second game area 12b, and as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b , the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 with high frequency. When a game ball enters a second start winning hole 16 during a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, it is possible to win a big win or a time-saving award in a winning lottery based on the entering ball, and when the big win is won, a big win pattern X4. , X5 or X6 are determined, and when winning the time saving award, the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is decided (see FIGS. 7(a) and 8(b)).

Then, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the decision, so the game state after the special game is finished is low. It is set to probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times (see FIG. 10(a)). When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X5 or X6 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the specific area 57 during the special game ball based on the determination, and when the predetermined number of game balls enter, The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability times and the time-saving times are set to 10000 times (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as described above, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2, the time saving gaming state JT1 or JT2 is not newly set based on the determination Since the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 being set continues, there is no transition to another gaming state (see FIGS. 10(c) and (d)).
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, based on the winning of the jackpot, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (time-saving number of times is 100 times) or a high probability time saving game state (high probability number and time saving number are 10000 times) (see FIG. 40).

During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the probability of winning the jackpot is higher than during the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2. When the game ball is launched toward the game area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning opening 16 with high frequency (Fig. 7(b), Fig. 14(c), Fig. 15, See Figure 16). That is, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, during the normal game state, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, and during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, the jackpot is won with a higher probability, and the game to the second start winning opening 16 Prize balls based on ball entry can be obtained frequently, and the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game can be suppressed more than during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, so the normal game state. It is a game state (the most advantageous game state) that is more advantageous than the middle and low probability time saving game state LJT1 and the low probability time saving game state LJT2.
In addition, during the high and low probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the player is made to play the game in the second game area 12b, and as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b , the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 with high frequency. When a game ball enters a second start winning hole 16 during a high-probability time-saving game state, it is possible to win a big win or a time-saving grant in a lottery based on the entering ball, and when the big win is won, a big win pattern X4, X5 or X6 is determined, and when the time saving design is won, the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is decided (see FIGS. 7(b) and 8(b)).

Then, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the decision, so the game state after the special game is finished is low. It is set to probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times (see FIG. 10(a)). When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X5 or X6 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the specific area 57 during the special game ball based on the determination, and when the predetermined number of game balls enter, The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and both the high-probability times and the time-saving times are set to 10000 times (see FIG. 10(b)).
On the other hand, as described above, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the high probability time saving game state, the new time saving game state JT1 or JT2 is not set based on the determination. Since the medium low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 continues, there is no transition to another gaming state (see FIGS. 10(c) and (d)).
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, based on the winning of the jackpot, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (the number of time-saving 100 times) or a high probability time saving game state (high probability number and time saving number of times is 10000 times) (see FIG. 40).

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the normal game state set after clearing the RAM or after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 times of time-saving times, the probability of winning the time-saving grant (approximately 1/20 ) is high, and when the time saving design is won, the time saving design J1 is more likely to be determined than the time saving design J2. Therefore, before winning the jackpot in the normal game state, there is a high possibility of shifting to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1.
Then, in the normal game state, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant, the number of times of time saving shifts to a low probability time saving game state LJT2 of 10000 times. On the other hand, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 that moves from the normal game state as described above, even if the time-saving pattern J2 is determined by winning the time-saving grant, the low-probability time-saving game with the number of times of time-saving is 10000 times. There is no transition to state LJT2. That is, after shifting from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, unless the normal game state is set again, even if winning the time-saving grant, the number of times of time-saving is 10000 times to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2. will not migrate.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the normal game state set after the RAM is cleared or after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 of 100 times of time-saving times, a jackpot is won or a time-saving pattern is set. When the time-saving pattern J2 is determined before J1 is determined, the number of times of time-saving, which is advantageous for the player, is 10,000 times so that a player can surely win a big win while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game. It shifts to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2. On the other hand, in the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which it is easy to shift from the normal game state and stay longer than the normal game state, the above-described low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of times of time-saving is 10000 does not shift. Therefore, it is possible to provide a novel game property that the normal game state becomes a chance zone where there is a possibility of shifting to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 in which the number of times of time-saving is 10000, which is advantageous for the player. You can increase your interest.
In addition, during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the player is allowed to play the game in the first game area 12a. It is possible to provide a novel game property that switching to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, which is a game state, is possible.

(Outline of production in pachinko machine P)
As described above, by executing various processes in the main control board 100, the special game, the normal game and the special game will proceed. During the progress of these games, various commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 receives these commands, thereby allowing the sub-control board 300 to control the progress of the game. Execute the control of the production accompanying.
Below, it is executed in conjunction with the variable display of the special symbols, will be described variable effect that can notify (suggest) the result of the winning lottery.

(Summary of production state)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a plurality of types of production states are provided to be referred to for executing the variable production described later, and the above game states (normal game state, low probability time saving game state LJT1, low probability time saving game state The sub CPU 301 sets one of the production states based on the transition to the game state LJT2, the high probability time saving game state), the occurrence of power failure, the winning of the time saving grant, and the like. In addition, an execution mode of the variable performance selectable for each performance state is determined, and the variable performance can be executed by any of the execution modes according to the performance state being set.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as the production state, the normal production state staying in the normal game state, the low probability time saving production state A1 staying in the low probability time saving game state LJT1 and the low probability time saving production State A2, low probability time saving production state B staying in low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times, low probability time saving production state C staying in low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 100 time saving times, and high A high-probability time-saving performance state is provided to stay during the probability of time-saving game state.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 41, when the normal game state is set (shift to the normal game state), the effect state is set to the normal effect state (the normal effect state is started). ).
In the normal performance state based on the setting of the normal game state, when the time reduction grant is won and the time reduction pattern J1 is determined to shift to the low probability time reduction game state LJT1, the performance state is set to the low probability time reduction performance state A1, and , When it shifts to a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with a time-saving number of times of 10000 by winning time-saving provision and determining a time-saving pattern J2, the performance state is set to a low-probability time-saving performance state B, and based on the winning of a jackpot. When shifting to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times, the performance state is set to the low-probability time-saving performance state C, and when shifting to the high-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the jackpot, the performance state is changed to the high-probability time-saving game state. It is set to the production state (see FIG. 41). It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, when power failure occurs during the setting of the normal effect state (normal game state) and normal power failure recovery processing is performed, the effect state remains the normal effect state.

During the setting of the low-probability time-saving production state A1 based on the transition to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, when a power failure occurs and normal power failure recovery processing is performed (that is, the conditions for RAM clear processing are not met , When returning from power failure without performing the RAM clearing process), the production state is set to the low probability time saving production state A2 (see FIG. 41). In addition, during the setting of the low-probability time-saving performance state A2, when the time-saving award is won and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the performance state is set to the low-probability time-saving performance state A1 (see FIG. 41). In addition, although not particularly illustrated, when power failure occurs during the setting of the low-probability time-saving performance state A2 and normal power-off recovery processing is performed, the performance state remains the low-probability time-saving performance state A2. .
Also, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, even if either of the low-probability time-saving production states A1 and A2 is being set, when the transition to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 100 times based on the winning of the jackpot, the production state is set to a low-probability time-saving performance state C, and when it shifts to a high-probability time-saving game state based on winning a jackpot, the performance state is set to a high-probability time-saving performance state, and a special pattern is displayed without winning a jackpot. When the change display is performed 10,000 times to shift to the normal game state, the effect state is set to the normal effect state (see FIG. 41).

During the setting of the low-probability time-saving performance state B based on the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 10000 times, when the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 100 times is made based on the winning of the jackpot, the performance state is set to a low-probability time-saving performance state C, and when it shifts to a high-probability time-saving game state based on winning a jackpot, the performance state is set to a high-probability time-saving performance state, and a special pattern is displayed without winning a jackpot. When the change display is performed 10,000 times to shift to the normal game state, the effect state is set to the normal effect state (see FIG. 41). It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, when a power failure occurs during the setting of the low probability time saving performance state B (low probability time saving game state LJT2 with a time saving number of 10000 times) and normal power failure return processing is performed, The production state remains in the low-probability time-saving production state B.

During the setting of the low-probability time-saving performance state C based on the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 100 times, when the jackpot is won, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 100 times is shifted again, the performance When the state is reset to the low-probability time-saving performance state C and shifted to the high-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the jackpot, the performance state is set to the high-probability time-saving performance state, and special without winning the jackpot. When the game state shifts to the normal game state by performing the symbol variation display 100 times, the effect state is set to the normal effect state (see FIG. 41). It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, when a power failure occurs during the setting of the low probability time saving performance state C (low probability time saving game state LJT2 with a time saving number of 100 times) and normal power failure return processing is performed, The production state remains in the low-probability time-saving production state C.

During the setting of the high-probability time-saving performance state based on the transition to the high-probability time-saving game state, when the performance state shifts to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times based on the winning of the jackpot, the performance state is the low-probability time-saving performance state C. , and when the state is shifted again to the high-probability time-saving game state based on the winning of the jackpot, the performance state is reset to the high-probability time-saving performance state, and the variable display of the special pattern is performed 10,000 times without winning the jackpot. When the state is shifted to the normal game state by being performed, the effect state is set to the normal effect state (see FIG. 41). It should be noted that, although not shown in particular, when a power failure occurs during the setting of the high probability time saving effect state (high probability time saving game state) and normal power failure return processing is performed, the effect state is a high probability time saving effect status remains.

(Outline of variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, along with the variable display of the special symbols, a variable effect is executed that can notify (suggest) the result of the lottery by the display mode of the effect symbols 50 . In this variable effect, the effect symbol 50 (dummy symbol) is displayed in a variable manner superimposed on the background image displayed on the display section 21a of the effect display device 21.例文帳に追加Then, the result of the lottery can be notified to the player by the combination of the performance symbols 50 that are displayed in a stationary manner after being variably displayed (a mode of stationary display).

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 42 to 46, the effect pattern 50 is a pattern displaying numbers "1" to "9" (hereinafter also referred to as number pattern).
Note that the production pattern 50 is not limited to a number pattern, and a predetermined production (for example, a pseudo-continuous production in which a temporary stop in a predetermined temporary stop display mode is executed a predetermined number of times, or a predetermined A special symbol indicating that a look-ahead effect that can be executed before the variable effect based on the suspension is executed (for example, a pseudo-continuous symbol indicating that a pseudo-continuous effect will be executed, A look-ahead pattern or the like indicating that a look-ahead effect is to be executed may be provided. Also, the effect pattern 50 may be a pattern composed of a number display portion displaying numbers and a non-number display portion displaying images other than numbers (for example, images of characters, etc.).

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the variable display of the special symbols is started, the variable display of all the performance symbols 50 is started from the state where all the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed (Fig. 42(a) )-(b), see FIGS. 43(a)-(b), see FIGS. 44(a)-(b), see FIGS. 45(a)-(b), and FIGS. 46(a)-(b)). A downward arrow in the drawing indicates that the effect pattern 50 is displayed to scroll from above to below.
After that, the production pattern 50 positioned on the left side (hereinafter also referred to as the first stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned on the right side (hereinafter also referred to as the second stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned in the center (hereinafter referred to as the third stop pattern) (also referred to as stop symbols) are stopped and displayed (see FIGS. 42(c) to (e)).

Then, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern and the third stop pattern are all stop-displayed with the same number patterns (for example, 222, 555, etc.). (See FIG. 43(e)). In addition, hereinafter, such a stop display mode is also referred to as a "winning mode".

On the other hand, when the result of the winning lottery is winning or losing of the time saving provision, at least one of the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern and the third stop pattern is stopped and displayed with different number patterns. By doing so, winning or losing of time saving provision is reported (see FIGS. 42(e), 44(e), 45(f) and 46(f)). In addition, hereinafter, such a stop display mode is also referred to as a "non-winning mode". As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 is a non-winning mode in either case of winning or losing the time saving grant, so that the player can use this production pattern. From the stop display mode of 50, although it can be grasped that the result of the winning lottery is not the winning of the jackpot, it cannot be grasped whether it is the winning of the time saving grant or the losing.
It should be noted that, when winning the time saving grant, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 is a special mode different from the above-mentioned winning mode and non-winning mode (for example, all the production patterns 50 are special A pattern (for example, an alphabet of "J", etc.) may be stopped and displayed. In this case, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 allows the player to grasp the winning of the time saving award.

In addition, the execution mode of the variation effect is roughly classified into a normal non-winning variation pattern, a developed reach variation pattern, a non-developed reach variation pattern, a special reach variation pattern, and a special non-winning variation pattern.
In the normal non-win variation pattern, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stop-displayed in different numerical patterns, and then the third stop symbol is stop-displayed as it is, and the stop display mode of the performance symbol 50 becomes the non-win-win mode. This is an execution mode (see FIGS. 42(c) to (e)).
In the ready-to-win variation pattern with development, after the ready-to-win display in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stop-displayed with the same number symbol is performed, along with the variation display of the third stop symbol, a predetermined number is displayed on the display unit 21a. This is an execution mode in which the ready-to-win development effect of displaying the development effect image is executed, the third stop symbol is stop-displayed, and the stop display mode of the effect symbol 50 becomes a non-winning mode or a winning mode (FIG. 43(c)). (see (e)).
The non-development ready-to-reach fluctuation pattern is not particularly illustrated, but after the ready-to-reach display is performed, the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed without executing the above-described ready-to-reach development effect, and the stop display mode of the effect symbol 50 is changed. It is an execution mode that becomes a non-winning mode or a winning mode.
The special ready-to-win fluctuation pattern is a special ready-to-win where a special development effect image is displayed on the display unit 21a together with the variable display of the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol and the third stop symbol after the start of the variable display of the effect symbol 50. A special fanning effect is executed to incite whether or not the development effect is to be executed, a reach display is performed after a suggestion to execute the special reach development effect is performed, and after the above-mentioned special reach development effect is executed, the third This is an execution mode in which the stop symbols are stopped and displayed, and the stop display mode of the effect symbols 50 is a non-winning mode (see FIGS. 45(c) to (f) and FIGS. 46(c) to (f)).
After the start of the variable display of the performance symbol 50, the special non-winning variation pattern is the variable display of the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol, and the third stop symbol, and the above-mentioned special effect is executed in the display section 21a. , a suggestion to the effect that the special ready-to-win development effect will not be executed is performed, the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol and the third stop symbol are displayed to be stopped without performing the ready-to-win display, and the stop display mode of the effect symbol 50 is This is an execution mode that is a non-winning mode (see FIGS. 44(c) to (e)).

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the reach variation pattern with development is set to have a higher possibility of being executed when a big win is won than the reach variation pattern without development, so that the player's expectation is enhanced. It will happen.

In addition, each execution mode includes how to variably display the production pattern 50, various images displayed during the variable display (for example, moving images and still images different from the production pattern 50, and expectations for winning the jackpot. A preview image to be enhanced, the development effect image described above), etc., are variously set.
For example, as the development effect image displayed in the reach development effect of the reach variation pattern with development, it can be displayed in any case of losing, winning time reduction granting, and winning a jackpot, but it is displayed when winning a jackpot. A low-expectation development effect image that is set to have a relatively low possibility of winning, although it can be displayed in all cases of winning, losing time, and winning a jackpot, there is a possibility that it will be displayed when you win a jackpot is set to a relatively high value, and a big win fixed development performance image which is not displayed in the case of winning of losing or giving short working hours and can be displayed only in the case of winning a big win, and the like are provided.
As a result, in the reach development production, when the high-expectation development production image is displayed, the expectation of winning the jackpot is higher than when the low-expectation development production image is displayed, and the jackpot fixed development production. When the image is displayed, it is possible to recognize that the player has won a jackpot, and thus the player's interest can be heightened.

Further, in each of the effects described above, in addition to displaying an image, a predetermined sound may be output, or the effect lighting device 23 (lamp) may emit light in a predetermined lighting pattern or color.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the execution mode of the variable performance that can be executed is determined for each performance state and the result of the winning or losing lottery. In addition, the variable effect is executed by one of the execution modes.
The outline of the variable production executed in each production state will be detailed later.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in addition to the above-described variable display of the performance symbols 50 accompanying the variable display of the special symbols, a size extremely smaller than the performance symbols 50 is displayed at the lower right corner of the display section 21a. The variable display of the mini symbols MD, which is more difficult for the player to visually recognize than the production symbols 50, is performed (see FIG. 42(a), etc.). The result of the winning lottery is notified (suggested) to the player also by the combination of the mini symbols MD that are displayed in a stationary manner after being variably displayed (a mode of stationary display).

The mini pattern MD is a number pattern of "1" to "9" similar to the production pattern 50, and a number pattern of "0" which is not used in the production pattern 50, as shown in FIG. , three mini symbols MD are displayed side by side. When the variable display of the special symbols is started, the variable display (scroll display from top to bottom) of all the mini symbols MD is started from the state where all the mini symbols MD are stopped and displayed, and the special symbols are displayed. When the variable display ends (when the special symbols are stopped and displayed), the left mini-symbol MD, the center mini-symbol MD and the right mini-symbol MD are stopped and displayed all at once.

At this time, if the result of the lottery is a loss or a big hit regardless of the production state, and if the low-probability short-time production state A1, the low-probability short-time production state B, the low-probability short-time production state C, or the high-probability short-time production In the state, when the time-saving provision is won, the mini symbol MD positioned on the left side is stop-displayed with the same number symbol as the production symbol 50 (first stop symbol) positioned on the left side, and the mini symbol positioned in the center. The MD is stopped and displayed with the same number pattern as the production pattern 50 (third stop pattern) positioned in the center, and the mini pattern MD positioned on the right side has the same number as the production pattern 50 (second stop pattern) positioned on the right side. The symbols are stopped and displayed (see FIGS. 42(e), 43(e), and 44(e)). In other words, the effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD at the corresponding positions are stopped and displayed with the same number symbols.
On the other hand, in the normal production state or the low-probability time-saving production state A2, when the time-saving provision is won, the mini pattern MD positioned on the left side is stop-displayed with the same number pattern as the production pattern 50 positioned on the left side, and is displayed on the right side. The mini-symbol MD positioned in the center is stopped and displayed with the same number symbol as the effect symbol 50 positioned on the right side, but the mini-symbol MD positioned in the center is a number symbol "0" (that is, the effect symbol 50 located in the center). 45(f) and 46(f)).

(Outline of background image display)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, the first background image (Fig. 42 (a) ~ (e), Figures 43 (a) ~ (c), Figures 44 (a) ~ (b) and (e), Figures 45 (a) ~ (b), Figures 46 (a) ~ (b) ) and (g)), the second background image corresponding to the low probability of time saving gaming state LJT2 with 100 times of time saving (see FIG. 47 (b)), the low probability of time saving gaming state LJT2 of 10000 times of time saving and high probability of time saving A third background image (see FIG. 45(g)) corresponding to the game state is provided, and the background image is displayed on the display section 21a during each game state.

Specifically, the normal game that is set after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 of 100 times of time-saving times is completed due to the fact that the variable display of the special symbol is executed 100 times without winning the jackpot after clearing the RAM. The first background image is displayed both during the state and during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 of 10000 time-saving times set based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J1 during the normal game state. That is, the same background image is displayed during both the normal gaming state and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1. As a result, the player cannot grasp which of the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set from the displayed background image.
During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 of 100 time-saving times set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 (when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57) , the second background image is displayed.
During the low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 times of time saving times set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J2 during the normal game state, and after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 (specific A third background image is displayed during any of the high-probability time-saving gaming states set in (when a predetermined number of game balls enter the area 57). That is, the same background image is displayed during both the low probability time saving game state LJT2 of 10000 time saving times and the high probability time saving game state. Although these are separate game states with different odds of winning the jackpot, they all continue until the jackpot is won, and the performance of the normal game is the same, so they are substantially the same advantage. It can be said. Therefore, by displaying the same background image, it is possible to give the impression to the player that they are playing in the same game state without positively suggesting that they are in different game states. .
In addition, different background images may be displayed during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 of 10000 time-saving times and during the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

(Overview of productions that can be executed during each production state)
Various effects that can be executed during each effect state will be specifically described below.
(1) Normal production state (normal game state)
As described above, after clearing the RAM or after the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 of 100 times of time-saving times is completed due to the execution of the variable display of the special symbols 100 times without winning the jackpot, the normal game state is set, and the production state is set to the normal production state.
Then, along with the setting of the normal effect state (normal game state), the first background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, suggesting that there is a possibility that the player is staying in the normal game state, which is the chance zone. Chance zone stay suggestion (for example, display of a chance zone stay suggestion image in which the characters "Super time with character appearance!" e), FIGS. 43(a) to (c), FIGS. 44(a) to (e), FIGS. 45(a) to (f), and FIGS. 46(a) to (f)). The display of the first background image and the suggestion to stay in the chance zone are continuously performed during the normal effect state (during the normal game state) except for a part of the period. In addition, if power failure occurs during the normal effect state (normal game state) and the normal power failure recovery process is executed, the normal effect state (normal game state) will remain. , the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed.
In addition, although not particularly shown, with the setting of the normal game state, a left-handed suggestion that suggests launching a game ball toward the first game area 12a (for example, a left-handed suggestion such as "←←← left-handed display of an image, lighting of a left-handed lamp suggesting the launch, etc.) are also performed. This suggestion of hitting left may be executed continuously during the normal effect state (normal game state), or may be executed at a predetermined end point (for example, the first time) after the normal effect state (normal game state) is set. It may be executed continuously until a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds, etc.) has elapsed since the start of the variable effect.

Then, a variable effect is executed along with the variable display of the special symbol.
(1-1) When the result of the winning lottery is a loss If the result of the winning lottery is a loss during the normal production state (during the normal game state), the normal non-winning variation pattern, reach variation without development Variation performance can be executed by either a pattern, a developed reach variation pattern, or a special non-winning variation pattern.

Specifically, in the variation effect by the normal non-winning variation pattern, when the variation display of the special symbol (losing symbol) is started while the chance zone stay suggestion is being performed on the display unit 21a as described above, the display unit At the center of the display portion 21a, all the effect symbols 50 start to be variably displayed, and at the lower right corner of the display portion 21a, all the mini symbols MD start to be variably displayed (see FIGS. 42(a) and 42(b)).
As described above, the ready-to-win display is not performed in the variation effect based on this normal non-winning variation pattern (see FIGS. 42(c) to (d)).
Then, when the special symbol variation time elapses and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, all the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed in a non-winning mode, The mini symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed with the same number symbols as the performance symbols 50 (see FIGS. 42(c) to (e)). After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.

In the fluctuation production by the reach fluctuation pattern without development, similar to the fluctuation production by the normal non-winning fluctuation pattern described above, when the fluctuation display of the special pattern (losing pattern) is started while the chance zone stay suggestion is performed, the production Variation display of the symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is started (see FIGS. 43(a) and 43(b)). Thereafter, reach display is performed in the center of the display section 21a (see FIG. 43(c)).
In the variation effect by this non-development reach variation pattern, as described above, the reach development effect is not performed after the reach display.
Then, in the same manner as in the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern described above, when the variation time of the special symbols has passed and the losing symbols are stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, non- All the performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed according to the winning mode, and the mini-symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed by the same number symbols as the performance symbols 50.例文帳に追加After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.

In the fluctuation production by the reach fluctuation pattern with development, similar to the fluctuation production by the reach fluctuation pattern without development described above, when the fluctuation display of the special pattern (losing pattern) is started while the chance zone stay suggestion is performed, the production Variable display of the symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is started, and after that, the ready-to-win display is performed in the center of the display section 21a (see FIGS. 43(a) to 43(c)).
After the ready-to-win display is performed, the ready-to-win development production is executed. In this reach development effect, various development effect images (the above-described low-expectation-level development effect image, high-expectation-level development effect image, etc.) are displayed on a part or the entire surface of the display unit 21a (see FIG. 43(d)). .
In addition, during execution of the ready-to-win development effect, in order to prevent deterioration of the visibility of the development effect image, the variable display of the production pattern 50 (ready-to-win display by the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern ) is displayed at the upper right corner instead of the center of the display section 21a, and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is not performed (see FIG. 43(d)).
It should be noted that during the execution of the ready-to-reach development production, the variable display of the production pattern 50 may not be performed at all. good.
In this reach development effect, a loss suggestion that suggests that the result of the lottery is a loss (for example, a loss suggestion image that indicates that the result of a predetermined story indicated by the development effect image has failed) display, etc.) is performed, and the reach development effect ends. It should be noted that this ready-to-win development effect ends immediately before the special symbol fluctuation time elapses (the special symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, similar to the variation performance by the reach variation pattern without development described above, when the variation time of the special symbol has passed and the losing symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, At the center of the display part 21a, all the performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed in a non-winning mode, and the mini symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed with the same number symbols as the performance symbols 50.例文帳に追加After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.

In the fluctuation production by the special non-winning fluctuation pattern, similar to the fluctuation production by the non-development reach fluctuation pattern described above, when the fluctuation display of the special pattern (losing pattern) is started while the chance zone stay suggestion is performed, the production The variable display of the symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is started (see FIGS. 44(a) and 44(b)).
After that, a special inciting effect is executed to incite whether or not to execute a special ready-to-win development effect, which will be described later. In this special fanning effect, a special fanning image (for example, an image inciting whether or not a character used in the special reach development effect will appear (an image that gives a sense of anticipation for the appearance of the character)) is displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 21a. is displayed (see FIG. 44(c)).
Also, during the execution of the special fan effect, in order to prevent the visibility of the special fan image from deteriorating, the variable display of the effect symbol 50 (variable display of the first stop symbol, the second stop symbol and the third stop symbol) is performed. This is done not at the center of the display section 21a but at the upper right corner (see FIG. 44(c)). On the other hand, the suggestion to stay in the chance zone is continuously performed even during execution of the special fanning effect (see FIGS. 44(c) to (d)).
It should be noted that during execution of the special fanning effect, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 may not be performed at all, and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone may not be performed.
Then, in this special fanning production, as described above, a suggestion to the effect that the special reach development production is not executed (for example, a display of a non-execution suggestion image suggesting that the character used in the special reach development production did not appear) etc.) is performed (see FIG. 44(d)), and the special fanning effect ends. It should be noted that this special fan effect ends immediately before the fluctuation time of the special symbol elapses (the lost symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, similar to the fluctuation production by the reach variation pattern without development and the reach variation pattern with development, the variation time of the special symbol passes and the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 shows a losing symbol. When stopped and displayed, all the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed in the non-winning mode in the center of the display portion 21a, and the mini symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective performance symbols 50 are displayed by the same number symbols as the performance symbols 50. Stop display. After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.

(1-2) When the result of the lottery is a jackpot win If the result of the lottery is a jackpot win during the normal production state (during the normal game state), the reach fluctuation pattern without development or It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance by any of the reach variable patterns with development.

When the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, the variation performance by the non-development reach variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development reach variation pattern in the case of losing as described above, and the variation time of the special symbol When the jackpot design is stopped and displayed on the first special design display device 30 or the second special design display device 31 after the elapse, all the production designs 50 are stopped and displayed according to the winning mode in the center of the display unit 21a, and each production A mini symbol MD at a position corresponding to the symbol 50 is stop-displayed with the same numerical symbol as the effect symbol 50 (see FIG. 43(e)). In addition, on the display section 21a, a winning notification image (for example, an image of "BONUS!") for notifying that a jackpot has been won is displayed (see FIG. 43(f)). Then, the effect symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses, and when the stop display time elapses, the special game is started.

The variation performance by the developed reach variation pattern when the result of the lottery is the winning of the jackpot is also executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the developed reach variation pattern in the case of losing as described above, but the reach development performance , unlike the case of losing, a jackpot suggestion that suggests that the result of the lottery is a jackpot (for example, a jackpot suggestion image indicating that the result of a predetermined story indicated by the development production image was successful) display, etc.) is performed.
Then, when the special symbol variation time elapses and the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, all the effect symbols 50 are displayed in the center of the display section 21a according to the winning mode. Along with the stop display, the mini-symbol MD at the position corresponding to each production pattern 50 is stop-displayed by the same number pattern as the production pattern 50 (see FIG. 43(e)). Also, the winning notification image described above is displayed on the display section 21a (see FIG. 43(f)). Then, the effect symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD are stopped and displayed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses, and when the stop display time elapses, the special game is started.

(1-3) If the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J2 is determined In the normal production state (during the normal game state), the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving When the symbol J2 is determined, a variation effect is executed by a special reach variation pattern.

In the variation performance by the special reach variation pattern executed when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, the chance zone stay suggestion is similar to the variation performance by the special non-winning variation pattern when the result of the above-mentioned lottery is lost. is being performed, when the variable display of the special symbol (time reduction symbol J2) is started, the variable display of the effect symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD is started, and then the special fan effect is executed (Fig. 45 (a ) to (c)). In addition, the variable display of the performance pattern 50 during the execution of the special fanning performance and the mode of suggesting the stay in the chance zone are the same as the variable performance by the special non-winning variation pattern when the result of the above-mentioned lottery is a loss. (See FIG. 45(c)).
Then, in this special fanning production, as described above, the suggestion to execute the special reach development production (for example, the display of the execution suggestion image that suggests the appearance of the character used in the special reach development production, etc.) is performed. (Refer to FIG. 45(d)), the special fan effect ends. This special fanning effect ends immediately before the fluctuation time of the special symbol passes (the time saving symbol J2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, when the fluctuation time of the special symbol has passed and the time saving symbol J2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, reach display is performed in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a, A special ready-to-reach development effect (for example, display of an image of a confrontation between an appearing character and an enemy character, etc.) is started on the entire surface of the display section 21a (see FIG. 45(e)). Also, at this time, the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the first stop symbol is stop-displayed with the same numerical symbol as the production symbol 50, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the second stop symbol is the production symbol 50. The same number symbols are stopped and displayed, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed by the number symbols of "0" (see FIG. 45(e)). As a result, although it is difficult to visually recognize, the stop display mode of the mini symbol MD suggests winning of time reduction grant.
Then, in this special reach development production, the fact that the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J2 has been determined (that is, the fact that the time saving number of times is 10000 times. Suggestion of highly advantageous result determination (for example, display of an image "WIN!" indicating that the character that has appeared has won the confrontation) is performed, and the third stop symbol is displayed in the upper right corner of the display section 21a. By stopping and displaying a number pattern different from the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern (for example, a number pattern different from the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern by 1, etc.), all the production patterns 50 are stopped in a non-winning mode. Display and the special reach development effect ends. This special reach development effect ends immediately before the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses. That is, the special ready-to-reach development effect is executed during the period from when the time saving pattern J2 is stopped and displayed until the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses.
After that, the stop display of the production pattern 50 and the mini pattern MD is performed until the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses, and when the stop display time elapses, a low probability time saving game state LJT2 of 10000 time saving times is set. At the same time, the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state B. At this time, the suggestion of staying in the chance zone performed on the display unit 21a is terminated, and the third background image is displayed, and a high advantage state setting is made to suggest that the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 of 10,000 time-saving times has been set. Suggestion (for example, display of a high-advantage state setting suggestion image such as “Super Time Start!”), and right-handed suggestion (for example, display of a right-handed suggestion image of “→→→ right-handed”, right-handed lighting of a lamp, etc.) is also performed (see FIG. 45(g)).
In addition, this right hitting suggestion may be executed continuously during the above-mentioned low probability time saving game state LJT2 (during low probability time saving production state B), or low probability time saving game state LJT2 (low probability time saving production State B) is set until a predetermined end time (for example, when a predetermined time (for example, 5 seconds, etc.) has elapsed since the start of the first variable effect). good.

(1-4) If the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 is determined In the normal production state (during the normal game state), the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving When the pattern J1 is determined, a variation performance is executed by a special reach variation pattern, similarly to when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined.

In the variation production by the special reach variation pattern that is executed when the time reduction pattern J1 is determined, the mode of suggesting the stay in the chance zone, the production pattern 50 and the mini that are started by the start of the variable display of the special pattern (time reduction pattern J1) Both the aspect of the variable display of the pattern MD and the aspect of the special fanning production are the same as the variation production by the special reach fluctuation pattern executed when the above-mentioned time saving pattern J2 is determined (Fig. 46 (a) (see (d)). It should be noted that the special fanning effect ends immediately before the fluctuation time of the special symbol passes (the time saving symbol J1 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, similar to the variation performance by the special reach variation pattern executed when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, the variation time of the special pattern elapses and the first special pattern display device 30 or the second special pattern display device 31 is displayed in time saving. When the symbol J1 is stopped and displayed, the ready-to-win display is performed in the upper right corner of the display section 21a, and the special ready-to-win development effect is started on the entire surface of the display section 21a (see FIG. 46(e)). Also, at this time, the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the first stop symbol is stop-displayed with the same numerical symbol as the production symbol 50, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the second stop symbol is the production symbol 50. The same number symbols are stopped and displayed, and the mini symbol MD at the position corresponding to the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed by the number symbols of "0" (see FIG. 46(e)). As a result, although it is difficult to visually recognize, the stop display mode of the mini symbol MD suggests winning of time reduction grant.
Then, in this special reach development production, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 has been decided (that is, the low probability of moving to the low probability time saving game state LJT1). A determination suggestion (for example, display of an image "LOSE..." indicating that the appearing character has lost the confrontation) is performed, and the third stop symbol is changed to the first stop symbol in the upper right corner of the display section 21a. And by stopping and displaying a number pattern different from the second stop pattern (for example, a number pattern different from the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern by 1), all the production patterns 50 are stopped and displayed in a non-winning mode, The special reach development effect ends. This special reach development effect ends immediately before the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses. That is, the special ready-to-win development effect is executed during the period from when the time saving pattern J1 is stopped and displayed until the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses.
After that, the stop display of the production pattern 50 and the mini pattern MD is performed until the stop display time (20 seconds) elapses, and when the stop display time elapses, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set, and the production state is set to the low-probability reduction in working hours production state A1 (see FIG. 41). At this time, although the suggestion to stay in the chance zone on the display unit 21a ends, the first background image displayed during the normal effect state (normal game state) continues to be displayed (FIG. 46(g)). reference).

(2) During low-probability reduction of working hours production state A1 (during low-probability reduction of working hours gaming state LJT1)
As described above, when the short working hour award is won during the normal game state and the short working hour pattern J1 is determined, the game state is shifted to the low probability short working hour game state LJT1 and the performance state is set to the low probability short working hour performance state A1. In addition, during the low-probability short-time production state A2 (the production state set when returning from the power failure without performing the RAM clearing process during the low-probability short-time production game state A1), the time-saving grant is elected and the short-time design J1 or When J2 is determined, the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A1.
Then, when the normal game state is shifted to the low probability time saving game state LJT1, and the production state is set to the low probability time saving production state A1, as described above, it is performed during the normal production state (normal game state). While the suggestion to stay in the chance zone ends, the display of the first background image continues (see FIG. 46(g)). In addition, as will be described later, in the low-probability time-saving production state A2, the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed as in the normal production state, but the production state is a low-probability time-saving production state. When the effect state A1 is set, the suggestion to stay in the chance zone ends, while the display of the first background image continues.
That is, during the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the first background image similar to that during the normal production state or the low-probability time-saving production state A2 is displayed, but the suggestion of staying in the chance zone is not performed.
Also, when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A1, unlike the case where the production state is set to the normal production state (normal game state), the above-mentioned left-handed suggestion is not performed (Fig. 46 (g)).

Then, a variable performance is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols.
(2-1) If the result of the lottery is a loss If the result of the lottery is a loss in the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the result of the lottery is a loss in the normal production state Unlike the case, the variation performance by the special non-winning variation pattern is not executed, and the variation performance by any of the normal non-winning variation pattern, the undeveloped reach variation pattern, or the developed reach variation pattern can be executed.
And except that the chance zone stay suggestion is not performed, the variation production by the normal non-winning variation pattern is the same as the variation production by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the normal production state. The variation performance by the non-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the normal performance state, and the variation by the development variation pattern. The performance is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern with development when the result of the win/fail lottery is a loss in the normal performance state.

(2-2) If the result of the lottery is a jackpot winner If the result of the lottery is a jackpot winner in the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the result of the lottery will be in the normal production state. As in the case of winning the jackpot, it is possible to execute the variation performance by either the reach variation pattern without development or the reach variation pattern with development.
And, except that the chance zone stay suggestion is not performed, the variation production by the non-development variation pattern is the same as the variation production by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the normal production state. The variation performance by the variation pattern with development is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery in the normal performance state is the winning of the jackpot. there is

(2-3) If the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time reduction grant and the time reduction design J1 or J2 is determined When J1 or J2 is determined, unlike the case where the result of the winning lottery in the normal production state is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is decided, the fluctuation production by the special reach fluctuation pattern It is not executed, and the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed.
In addition, as described above, during the low probability time saving production state A1, unlike during the normal production state, the chance zone stay suggestion is not performed, and the chance zone stay suggestion image is not displayed on the display unit 21a. Variation production is executed according to the winning variation pattern.
In the variable performance by this normal non-winning variation pattern, as in the normal performance state, when the variable display of the special pattern (time saving pattern J1 or J2) is started, all the performance patterns 50 are changed in the center of the display part 21a. As soon as the display is started, the variable display of all the mini symbols MD is started in the lower right corner of the display section 21a. No ready-to-win display is performed in the variation performance by this normal non-winning variation pattern.
When the time-saving design J1 or J2 is stop-displayed on the first special design display device 30 or the second special design display device 31 after the elapse of the special design fluctuation time, all the performance designs 50 are stop-displayed in a non-winning mode. At the same time, the mini symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed by the same numerical symbols as the performance symbols 50 concerned. After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.
In addition, since the game state being set is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, although the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the game state is not changed even after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and the low probability during setting The probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 continues. Moreover, the production state also continues in the low-probability time-saving production state A1 (see FIG. 41).

In the low-probability time-saving production state A1, even if the time-saving provision is won, the game state being set remains the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, so as in the case of winning the time-saving provision during the normal production state, If the variation performance by the special reach variation pattern is executed and the determination of the time saving pattern J1 or the time saving pattern J2 is suggested, the player may be given the impression that the game state is changed.
Therefore, in the low-probability time-saving production state A1, when the result of the lottery is the winning of the time-saving grant, the variation production is performed by the normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed when the result of the lottery is losing, and Stop display of the production pattern 50 in the non-winning mode and stop display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the production pattern 50 are performed.
Thus, in the low-probability time-saving performance state A1, even if the time-saving presentation is won, the winning of the time-saving presentation can be grasped from the execution mode of the variable performance, the stop display mode of the performance pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD. It is possible to give the player the impression that the result of the winning lottery is a loss, and furthermore, it is possible to prevent the player from having the impression that the game state is changed. .

(3) During low-probability reduction of working hours production state A2 (during low-probability reduction of working hours gaming state LJT1)
As described above, power failure occurs during the low probability time saving effect state A1, and when the power failure returns without performing the RAM clear processing (normal power failure return processing is executed), the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is left as it is, and the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A2.
Then, when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A2, as in the normal production state, the first background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, and the chance zone stay suggestion is performed. (Figs. 42(a)-(e), Figs. 43(a)-(c), Figs. 44(a)-(e), Figs. 45(a)-(f), Fig. 46(a)- (f)). The display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are continuously performed during the low-probability time-saving production state A2 except for a part of the period. In addition, when a power failure occurs during the low-probability short-time production state A2 (during the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1) and the normal power-off recovery process is executed, the low-probability short-time production state A2 (low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1 ), the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed even after the power is restored.
In addition, when the game state is set to the low-probability time-saving effect state A2 after returning from the power failure, the left-hand hitting suggestion may be executed or may not be executed.

Then, a variable performance is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols.
(3-1) If the result of the lottery is a loss If the result of the lottery is a loss in the low-probability time-saving production state A2, the result of the lottery is a loss in the normal production state In the same way as in the case, it is possible to execute the variation performance by any of the normal non-winning variation pattern, the undeveloped reach variation pattern, the developed reach variation pattern, or the special non-winning variation pattern.
The variable production by these execution modes is executed while the chance zone stay suggestion is being performed, as in the normal production state. Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the normal performance state, and the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern. is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the non-developed variation pattern when the result of the lottery is a loss in the normal performance state, and the variable performance by the variable pattern with development is executed in the normal performance state. It is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern with development in the case of losing, and the variable performance by the variable pattern with development is based on the variable performance with development when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the normal performance state. It is executed in the same manner as the variable performance, and the variable performance by the special non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the special non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the normal performance state. (See FIGS. 42, 44, etc.).

(3-2) If the result of the lottery is a jackpot winner If the result of the lottery is a jackpot winner in the low-probability time-saving production state A2, the result of the lottery will be in the normal production state. As in the case of winning the jackpot, it is possible to execute the variation performance by either the reach variation pattern without development or the reach variation pattern with development.
The variable production by these execution modes is executed while the chance zone stay suggestion is being performed, as in the normal production state. Then, the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the normal performance state, and the variation performance by the development variation pattern. is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the developmental variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery in the normal performance state is the winning of the jackpot (see FIG. 43, etc.).

(3-3) If the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time reduction grant and the time reduction design J1 or J2 is determined In both cases when J1 or J2 is determined, the variation performance by the special non-winning variation pattern is executed while the chance zone stay suggestion is performed.
The variation performance by the special non-winning variation pattern based on the determination of the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is executed in substantially the same manner as the special non-winning variation pattern when losing in the normal performance state.
Specifically, when the variable display of the special symbol (the time saving symbol J1 or J2) is started, the variable display of the effect symbol 50 and the mini symbol MD is started, and then the special fan effect is executed (Fig. 44 ( a) to (d)).
In this special fanning effect, a suggestion is made to the effect that the special ready-to-win development effect is not to be executed (see FIG. 44(d)), and the special fanning effect ends. It should be noted that this special fan effect ends immediately before the fluctuation time of the special symbol elapses (the lost symbol is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31).
After that, when the special symbol fluctuation time passes and the time saving symbol J1 or J2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, it is all are stop-displayed, and the mini-symbols MD at positions corresponding to the respective production patterns 50 are stop-displayed by the same number patterns as the production patterns 50 concerned. After that, the stop display of these effect symbols 50 and the mini symbols MD is performed until the stop display time (0.5 seconds) elapses.
Here, since the game state being set is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, although the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the game state is not changed even after the above-described stop display time elapses, and the setting is The low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 continues. On the other hand, the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A1 (see FIG. 41). At this time, although the suggestion of staying in the chance zone performed in the display unit 21a ends, the first background image displayed during the low-probability time-saving production state A2 (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1) continues to be displayed. (See FIG. 46(g)).

(4) During low-probability time-saving production state B (during low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10000 times of time-savings)
As described above, when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant during the normal game state, it shifts to the low probability time saving game state LJT2 with the number of time saving times of 10000 times, and the production state is changed to the low probability time saving production state B. set.
Then, from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 10000 times, and when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state B, as described above, during the normal production state (normal game state ) ends, and the third background image is displayed (see FIG. 45(g)).

Then, a variable performance is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols.
(4-1) If the result of the lottery is a loss In the low-probability time-saving production state B (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with 10000 times of time-saving), if the result of the lottery is a loss , Although not particularly shown, in the same way as when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving production state A1, either the normal non-winning variation pattern, the reach variation pattern without development, or the reach variation pattern with development It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance.
Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state A1, and the variation pattern without development. The variable performance by is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variation pattern without development when the result of the lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state A1, and the variation performance by the development variation pattern is a low probability time saving. It is designed to be executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the win/fail lottery is a loss in the performance state A1.

(4-2) If the result of the lottery is a jackpot winner In the low-probability time-saving production state B (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10000 times of time-saving times), the result of the lottery is a jackpot winning In the case, although not particularly shown, in the low probability time saving production state A1, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, as in the case of either the reach fluctuation pattern with development or the reach fluctuation pattern with development. It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance.
Then, the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability time-saving performance state A1, and the variation pattern with development. is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability time-saving performance state A1.

(4-3) When the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving award and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined In the low probability time saving production state B (low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times), When the result of the lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, although not shown in particular, when the result of the lottery is a loss in this low probability time saving production state B Similarly, it is possible to execute a variation performance by either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, or a reach variation pattern with development.
Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation pattern without development. The variable performance by is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variation pattern without development when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation performance by the development variation pattern is a low probability time saving. It is designed to be executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the performance state B.例文帳に追加
Since the game state being set is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the game state is not changed even if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 being set continues.

Thus, in the low-probability time-saving production state B, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time-saving grant, the normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed when the result of the winning lottery is lost, the reach variation pattern without development Alternatively, a variable performance is performed by one of the developed ready-to-reach variation patterns, and stop display of the performance pattern 50 in the non-winning mode and stop display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the performance pattern 50 are performed.
Thus, in the low-probability time-saving performance state B, even if the time-saving presentation is won, the winning of the time-saving presentation can be grasped from the execution mode of the variable performance, the stop display mode of the performance pattern 50, and the stop display mode of the mini pattern MD. To give an impression to a player that the result of a win-or-fail lottery is a loss, and furthermore to give an impression to the player that the game state is changed by the winning of time-saving provision. can be prevented.

(5) During low-probability time-saving production state C (during low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 times of time-savings)
As described above, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the determination, the time saving number of times of 100 times. Along with shifting to the probability reduction of working hours gaming state LJT2, the production state is set to the low probability reduction of working hours production state C.
Then, when the special game ends, the special game effects (for example, display of a special game image for livening up the special game, etc. (see FIG. 47(a))) that have been performed during the special game are ended. Then, when the transition to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times, and the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving effect state C, the second background image is displayed, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times. is set (for example, display of a low-advantage state setting suggestion image "Revenge time start!") and a right-handed suggestion (see FIG. 47(b)). Furthermore, in the lower left corner of the display unit 21a, the number of times of suggesting the number of times of variable display of special symbols until the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 of 100 times of time saving times is completed is also performed (Fig. 47 ( b) see).

Then, a variable effect is executed along with the variable display of the special symbol.
(5-1) If the result of the lottery is a loss If the result of the lottery is a loss in the low-probability time-saving production state C (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times) , Although not particularly shown, in the low-probability time-saving production state B (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with 10000 times of time-saving times), the result of the winning lottery is a loss, as in the normal non-winning variation pattern, no development It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance by either a reach variation pattern or a reach variation pattern with development.
Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation pattern without development. The variable performance by is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variation pattern without development when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation performance by the development variation pattern is a low probability time saving. It is designed to be executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the performance state B.例文帳に追加

(5-2) If the result of the lottery is a jackpot win In the low-probability time-saving production state C (during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 100 times), the result of the lottery is a jackpot. In the case, although not particularly illustrated, in the low probability time saving production state B (low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 times of time saving times), the result of the lottery is a jackpot election. Similarly, there is no development. It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance by either a reach variation pattern or a reach variation pattern with development.
Then, the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability time-saving performance state B, and the variation pattern with development is performed. is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability time-saving performance state B.

(5-3) When the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving award and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined In the low probability time saving production state C (low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times), When the result of the success/fail lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, although not shown in particular, when the result of the success/failure lottery is a loss in this low probability time saving production state C Similarly, it is possible to execute a variation performance by either a normal non-winning variation pattern, a reach variation pattern without development, or a reach variation pattern with development.
Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low-probability time-saving performance state C, and the variation pattern without development. The variable performance by is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the non-developed variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low-probability time-saving performance state C, and the variable performance by the developmental variation pattern is a low-probability time-saving performance. It is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the performance state C. - 特許庁
Since the game state being set is the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, the game state is not changed even if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 being set continues.

Thus, in the low-probability time-saving production state C, when the result of the lottery is the winning of the time-saving grant, the normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed when the result of the lottery is lost, the reach variation pattern without development Alternatively, a variable performance is performed by one of the developed ready-to-reach variation patterns, and stop display of the performance pattern 50 in the non-winning mode and stop display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the performance pattern 50 are performed.
As a result, in the low-probability time-saving production state C, as in the low-probability time-saving production state B, etc., even if winning the time-saving grant, the execution mode of the variable production, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50, and the stop of the mini pattern MD It is not possible to grasp the winning of the time saving provision from the display mode, the player can be given the impression that the result of the winning lottery is lost, and the game state is changed by the winning of the time saving provision. It is possible to prevent the player from giving the impression that he/she is being played.

(6) During a high probability reduction of working hours production state (during a high probability reduction of working hours game state)
As described above, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2, X3, X5 or X6 is determined, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game based on the determination, the transition to the high probability time-saving gaming state At the same time, the production state is set to the high-probability time-saving production state.
Then, when the special game ends, the effect during the special game, which has been performed during the special game, ends. Then, when the transition to the high-probability time-saving game state is performed, and the production state is set to the high-probability time-saving production state, the low-probability time-saving production state B (low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with the number of time-saving times of 10000 times) is set. Similarly, the display of the third background image, the suggestion of setting a highly advantageous state, and the suggestion of hitting to the right are performed (see FIG. 45(g)).
That is, when the production state is set to the high probability time saving production state, the same high advantageous state setting suggestion as when the production state is set to the low probability time saving production state B is performed, and during the high probability time saving production state , the same background image as in the low-probability time-saving production state B is displayed. As a result, from the background image and the suggestion that the game state has been shifted to the above-mentioned game state (high advantage state setting suggestion), which of the low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times or the high probability time saving game state was set? can be given to the player as if the same game state has been reached.
In addition, when the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times is set and when the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the displayed background image may be different, Suggestions to the effect that it has shifted to these game states may be made different. By doing so, it is possible to grasp which of the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with 10000 time-saving times or the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set.

Then, a variable performance is executed along with the variable display of the special symbols.
(6-1) If the result of the winning lottery is a loss If the result of the winning lottery is a loss during the high-probability time-saving production state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), although not shown in particular , In the low-probability time-saving production state B (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with 10,000 times of time-saving times), the result of the lottery is a loss, as in the case where the result of the lottery is a loss, normal non-winning variation pattern, reach variation pattern without development, or reach with development It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance by any one of the variable patterns.
Then, the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation pattern without development. The variable performance by is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variation pattern without development when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the low probability time saving performance state B, and the variation performance by the development variation pattern is a low probability time saving. It is designed to be executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is a loss in the performance state B.例文帳に追加

(6-2) If the result of the lottery is a jackpot win If the result of the lottery is a jackpot win during the high-probability time-saving production state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), Although not shown, in the low-probability time-saving production state B (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with 10000 times of time-saving times), the result of the lottery is a jackpot election, as in the case where the reach variation pattern without development or the reach with development It is designed to be able to execute a variable performance by any one of the variable patterns.
Then, the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the non-development variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is the jackpot winning in the low-probability time-saving performance state B, and the variation pattern with development is performed. is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern with development when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability time-saving performance state B.

(5-3) If the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is decided, the result of the winning lottery is the time saving grant during the high probability time saving production state (during the high probability time saving game state) When the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined by winning, it is not shown in particular, but in this high-probability time-saving production state, the result of the lottery lottery is lost. It is designed to be able to execute a variation performance by either a pattern, a reach variation pattern without development or a reach variation pattern with development.
Then, the variable performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the normal non-winning variation pattern when the result of the winning lottery is lost in the high probability time-saving performance state, and is performed by the non-development variation pattern. The variable performance is executed in the same manner as the variable performance by the variable pattern without development when the result of the lottery is lost in the high-probability time-saving performance state, and the variable performance by the variable pattern with development is the high-probability time-saving performance state. In the case where the result of the winning lottery is a loss, it is executed in the same manner as the variation performance by the variation pattern with development.
Since the game state being set is the high-probability time-saving game state, even if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the game state is not changed, and the high-probability time-saving game state being set continues.

In this way, in the high-probability time-saving production state, if the result of the lottery is the winning of the time-saving grant, the result of the lottery is normal non-winning variation pattern that can be executed in the case of loss, reach variation pattern without development, or A variable performance is performed by one of the ready-to-win variation patterns with development, and the stop display of the performance pattern 50 in the non-winning mode and the stop display of the mini pattern MD with the same number pattern as the performance pattern 50 are performed.
As a result, in the high-probability time-saving production state, like the low-probability time-saving production state B, the low-probability time-saving production state C, etc., even if winning the time-saving grant, the execution mode of the variable production, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 , It is not possible to grasp the winning of the time reduction grant from the stop display mode of the mini symbol MD, and it is possible to give the player the impression that the result of the lottery is a loss, and in addition, the time reduction grant is given. It is possible to prevent a player from having the impression that the game state is changed by winning.

(Determination of execution mode of variable production)
Next, determination of the execution mode of the above-described variable effect will be described.
The main ROM 302 of the sub control board 300 stores a plurality of variable effect determination tables 119 for determining the execution mode of the variable effect.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 48 and 49, as the variable performance determination table 119, the first variable performance determination table 119a referred to in the normal performance state and the low probability reduction in working hours performance state A1 The second fluctuation production determination table 119b to be, the third fluctuation production determination table 119c referred to in the low probability short working hours production state A2, the fourth variation referred to in the low probability short working hours production state B or the low probability short working hours production state C 119 d of production|presentation determination tables and the 5th fluctuation|variation production|presentation determination table 119e referred in high probability time-saving production|presentation state are provided.

Each variable effect determination table 119 is associated with a variable pattern command that can be determined by the main control board 100 and a variable effect random number obtained within a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249 in this embodiment). execution mode is defined. When the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives the variation pattern command from the main control board 100, it acquires a variation rendering random number of 1 from a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249). The sub CPU 301 refers to the variable effect determination table 119 corresponding to the effect state being set, and determines the execution mode of the variable effect based on the received variable pattern command and the acquired variable effect random number.
A performance data table is provided in the sub ROM 302 of the sub control board 300, and performance data defining specific execution contents of various performances is stored in this performance data table. Then, when the sub CPU 301 acquires performance data corresponding to the determined execution mode of the variable performance, the variable performance in the determined execution mode is executed based on the acquired performance data.

As shown in FIG. 48(a), according to the first variation effect determination table 119a, when the received variation pattern command is "00H" (when the result of the lottery is lost), normal non- Either the winning variation pattern or the special non-winning variation pattern is determined, and when the received variation pattern command is "01H" (when the result of the lottery is a loss), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined. Then, if the received variation pattern command is "02H" (if the result of the lottery is a loss), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command was "03H". In the case (when the result of the lottery is a loss), a reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "0AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot winning), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "0BH". When there is (when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, when the received variation pattern command is "0EH" or "0FH" (when the result of the winning lottery is winning of time saving grant), a special non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 48(b), according to the second variation effect determination table 119b, when the received variation pattern command is "10H" (when the result of the lottery is lost), normal non- If the winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "11H" (if the result of the lottery is a loss), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "12H" (if the result of the lottery is lost), the reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "13H" (the result of the lottery is lost) If there was), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "1AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "1BH". When there is (when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
In addition, when the received variation pattern command is "1CH" (when the result of the winning lottery is winning of time saving grant), a normal non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 48(c), according to the third variation effect determination table 119c, when the received variation pattern command is "10H" (when the result of the lottery is lost), normal non- If the winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "11H" (if the result of the lottery is a loss), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "12H" (if the result of the lottery is lost), the reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "13H" (the result of the lottery is lost) If there was), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "1AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "1BH". When there is (when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, when the received variation pattern command is "1CH" (when the result of the winning lottery is winning of time saving grant), a special non-winning variation pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 49(a), according to the fourth variation effect determination table 119d, when the received variation pattern command is "20H" (when the result of the lottery is lost), normal non- If the winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "21H" (if the result of the lottery is a loss), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "22H" (if the result of the lottery is lost), the reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "23H" (the result of the lottery is lost) If there was), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "2AH" (if the result of the winning lottery is a jackpot winning), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "2BH". When there is (when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "2CH" (if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "2DH" If it is (if the result of the lottery is winning the time saving grant), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "2EH" (the result of the lottery is time saving If the grant is elected), the reach variation pattern is determined without development, and if the received variation pattern command is "2FH" (if the result of the lottery is winning the time reduction grant), development A reach variation pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 49(b), according to the fifth variation effect determination table 119e, when the received variation pattern command is "30H" (when the result of the lottery is lost), normal non- If the winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "31H" (if the result of the lottery is a loss), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined and the received variation pattern command is "32H" (if the result of the lottery is lost), the reach fluctuation pattern without development is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "33H" (the result of the lottery is lost) If there was), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "3AH" (if the result of the lottery is a jackpot winning), the reach variation pattern without development is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "3BH". When there is (when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the reach variation pattern with development is determined.
Also, if the received variation pattern command is "3CH" (if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, and the received variation pattern command is "3DH" If it is (if the result of the lottery is winning the time saving grant), the normal non-winning variation pattern is determined, and if the received variation pattern command is "3EH" (the result of the lottery is time saving If the grant is elected), the reach variation pattern is determined without development, and if the received variation pattern command is "3FH" (if the result of the lottery is winning the time reduction grant), development A reach variation pattern is determined.

48 and 49, the number shown in each area associated with the variable pattern command and the execution mode of the variable effect is the range of the variable effect random numbers allocated to the area, that is, the range of the variable effect random number The selection ratio (decision ratio) is shown.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, regarding the execution mode of the variable performance, the selection ratios are separately set for the case where the lottery result is a loss, the case where the jackpot is won, and the time reduction award is won.

Note that the effects that can be executed by the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment are not limited to the variable effects described above. It is also possible to provide a look-ahead effect for suggesting the suspension.
Specifically, as the look-ahead effect, when a new hold is stored, one of a plurality of modes including a normal mode and a special mode in which the expectation of winning a jackpot is higher than the normal mode. At any timing from the time point when the suspension is stored and the variable performance based on the suspension is completed, the suspension display being displayed in a predetermined manner is displayed to increase the jackpot. When a hold change look-ahead effect that changes the expectation of winning or a short-time award win is high, and a new hold is stored, during the change production based on the hold, or before the hold. Display a high-expectation suggestive image (for example, background image, etc.) that suggests that the expectation of winning a jackpot is high across multiple variable performances from the variable performance based on the suspension to the variable performance based on the suspension. A look-ahead zone effect or the like may be provided.

Next, control processing in the sub-control board 300 for executing various types of processing as described above will be described.
First, the main processing of the sub control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
At step 10000, when the power is turned on, the main processing program is read from the sub-ROM 302, and the flags stored in the sub-RAM 303 are initialized and set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10001 .
At step 10001, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of updating each effect random number (variable effect random number), and thereafter repeatedly executes the process of step 10001 until an interrupt process is performed. Here, each production random number is asynchronously updated.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
The sub-control board 300 is provided with a reset clock pulse generation circuit (not particularly shown) that generates a clock pulse at a predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds). When a clock pulse is generated by the reset clock pulse generating circuit, the sub CPU 301 reads the timer interrupt processing program and starts the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG.

At step 10100 , the sub CPU 301 executes update processing of various timer counters used in the sub control board 300 . Then, it proceeds to the next step 10101 .
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 10101, sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer of sub RAM 303 and executes various processes according to the received command. Specifically, in the sub control board 300, when a command is transmitted from the main control board 100, command reception interrupt processing is performed, and the command transmitted from the main control board 100 is stored in the reception buffer. Then, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer by the command reception interrupt processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10102 .

In step 10102, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the operation of the effect operation device 9 can be accepted according to the progress of the variable effect being executed, and the operation signals from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c and the pressing operation detection sensor 9d. is input. Then, when an operation signal is input from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c or the pressing operation detection sensor 9d, if the operation of the effect operation device 9 is being accepted, an image indicating that the effect operation device 9 has been operated is displayed. In order to send to various control boards such as a control board (not shown in particular), a voice control board (not shown in particular), and an illumination control board (not shown in particular), a command is sent to the transmission buffer. Store. Then, it proceeds to the next step 10103 .
At step 10103, the sub CPU 301 transmits the command set in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 303 to various control boards such as an image control board, an audio control board, and an illumination control board. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 ends.

Next, among the command analysis processing of step 10101 described above, the game state setting related command reception processing executed when various commands related to the game state setting are received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Specifically, in the main control board 100, the RAM clear command stored in step 137 of the power interruption saving process and transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the RAM clear command stored in step 1115 of the post-stop process and transmitted to the sub control board 300 When the game state command and the game state designation command stored in step 1306 of the special game end processing and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 are received, the game state setting related command reception processing is executed.
At step 10200, the sub CPU 301 executes a game state storage process for storing the game state indicated by the command received from the main control board 100 in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303 as the current game state.
Specifically, when the RAM clear command is received, the normal game state is stored as the current game state. Further, when the game state command is received, if the current game state stored in the predetermined storage area and the game state indicated by the game state command are different, the game indicated by the game state command is used as the current game state. The state is stored, and if the current game state stored in the predetermined storage area is the same as the game state indicated by the game state command, no processing is performed here. Further, when the game state designation command is received, the game state indicated by the game state designation command is stored as the current game state.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10201 .

In step 10201, when the game state is stored in step 10200, the sub CPU 301 stores the effect state corresponding to the stored game state in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303 as the current effect state. , the effect state setting process for setting the effect state is executed.
Specifically, when the normal game state is stored as the current game state, the normal effect state is stored as the current effect state, whereby the effect state is set to the normal effect state. Further, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is stored as the current game state, the low-probability time-saving performance state A1 is stored as the current performance state, whereby the performance state is set to the low-probability time-saving performance state A1. be done. In addition, when the low probability of time saving game state LJT2 of 10000 times of time saving is stored as the current game state, the low probability of time saving performance state B is stored as the present performance state, whereby the performance state is the low probability of time saving. It is set to the production state B. In addition, when the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 100 time-saving times is stored as the current game state, the low-probability time-saving performance state C is stored as the current performance state, whereby the performance state is changed to the low-probability time-saving state. It is set to the production state C. When the high-probability time-saving game state is stored as the current game state, the high-probability time-saving performance state is stored as the current performance state, whereby the performance state is set to the high-probability time-saving performance state.
Further, when the effect state is set as described above, the sub CPU 301 performs control to execute various effects according to the effect state setting. Specifically, when the effect state is set to the normal game effect state, the first background image is displayed on the display section 21a, and control is performed to execute left-hand hitting suggestion and chance zone stay suggestion. Moreover, when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the control for ending the chance zone stay suggestion is performed. Further, when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state B, control is performed to display the third background image on the display unit 21a and to execute the high-advantage state setting suggestion and the right-hand hitting suggestion. Further, when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state C, the second background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, and the low-advantage state setting suggestion and the right-handed suggestion are executed. In addition, when the production state is set to the high-probability time-saving production state, the third background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, and the control for executing the high-advantage state setting suggestion and the right-hand hitting suggestion is performed.
Then, the gaming state setting related command reception processing is terminated.

Next, among the command analysis processing in step 10101 described above, the power failure recovery command reception processing that is executed when the power failure recovery command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. As described above, the power failure recovery command is stored in the main control board 100 at step 139 of the initialization process, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 by the output control process at step 208 .
In step 10300, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the set production state (the production state stored in the predetermined storage area) is the low probability reduction in working hours production state A1. And when it determines with it not being low-probability time-saving production|presentation state A1, a power failure return command reception process is complete|finished. On the other hand, when it determines with it being low probability time saving production|presentation state A1, it progresses to following step 10301. FIG.
In step 10301, the sub CPU 301 sets the production state to the low-probability time-saving production state A2 by storing the low-probability time-saving production state A2 as the current production state in a predetermined storage area, and this low-probability time-saving production state. Control is performed to execute various effects corresponding to A2. Specifically, the first background image is displayed on the display unit 21a, and control is performed to execute the suggestion of hitting to the left and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone when the suggestion of hitting to the left is performed. Then, the power interruption recovery command reception process is terminated.

Next, among the command analysis processing in step 10101 described above, the stop display end command reception processing that is executed when the stop display end command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. As described above, the stop display end command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 1102 of the post-stop processing, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 by the output control processing in step 208 .
At step 10400, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the set production state (the production state stored in the predetermined storage area) is the low-probability reduction in working hours production state A2. And when it determines with it not being low probability time saving production|presentation state A2, it complete|finishes stop display end command reception processing. On the other hand, when it determines with it being low probability time saving production|presentation state A2, it progresses to following step 10401. FIG.
At step 10401, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed before the stop display time elapses was the time saving symbol J1 or J2. And when it determines with neither the time saving pattern J1 nor J2, it complete|finishes stop display end command reception processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that it was the time saving pattern J1 or J2, the process proceeds to the next step 10402 .
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the symbol determination command stored in step 808 of the special symbol variation start process and transmitted to the sub control board 300 includes information on the special symbol determined based on the result of the lottery. When the symbol determination command is received, the above special symbol is stored in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303 . As a result, the sub CPU 301 can determine the special symbol that has been stopped and displayed.

In step 10402, the sub CPU 301 sets the production state to the low-probability time-saving production state A1 by storing the low-probability time-saving production state A1 as the current production state in a predetermined storage area, and this low-probability time-saving production state. Control is performed to execute various effects corresponding to A1. Specifically, control is performed to terminate the suggestion to stay in the chance zone. Then, the stop display end command reception processing ends.

Next, among the command analysis processing of step 10101 described above, variation pattern command reception processing executed when a variation pattern command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 in step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 in step 208 of the output control process.
At step 10500, the sub CPU 301 acquires the variable effect random number updated at step 10001 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10501 .
At step 10501, the sub CPU 301 selects the variable effect determination table 119 corresponding to the set effect state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 10502 .

In step 10502, the sub CPU 301 refers to the variable effect determination table 119 selected in step 10501 described above, and determines the execution mode of the variable effect based on the variable effect random number acquired in step 10500 and the received variation pattern command. decide. Then, it proceeds to the next step 10503 .
At step 10503, the sub CPU 301 sets a variable effect execution command corresponding to the determined execution mode of the variable effect in the transmission buffer. The variable performance execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in the above-described step 10103, and these control boards perform control to execute the variable performance based on the received variable performance execution command. . Then, the variation pattern command reception process is terminated.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed in the normal effect state (normal game state), and during the normal effect state (normal game state) When the time saving design J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant, it shifts to the low probability time saving game state LJT1, the production state is set to the low probability time saving production state A1, and the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone end. do. In addition, when a power failure occurs during the low probability short working hours production state A1 or during the low probability short working hours production state A2 (during the low probability short working hours gaming state LJT1) and the normal power interruption return process is executed, the low probability short working hours gaming state LJT1 The production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A2, and the display of the first background image and the suggestion of staying in the chance zone are performed.
That is, when the RAM clear process is executed and the normal game state is set (when the effect state is set to the normal effect state), and during the low probability time saving game state LJT1, the normal power failure return process is executed and the low When the probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 continues (when the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state A2), the same background image is displayed and the chance zone stay suggestion is performed, so from these productions , It is not possible to grasp which of the normal game state or the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is set. As a result, it is possible for the player to expect that the RAM clearing process is executed and the normal game state having a higher advantage than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, which in turn leads to the pachinko machine. P performance can be improved.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the normal effect state (normal game state), the stop display time when a losing pattern is determined, and the time when a jackpot is won and a jackpot pattern is determined. Although the stop display time is 0.5 seconds in each case, the stop display time is 20 seconds when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined as a result of winning the time saving award, which is longer than in the case of losing or winning a big hit. ing. During the lapse of the stop display time in the case of losing, the display part 21a stops displaying the effect symbol 50 in the non-winning mode, and during the lapse of the stop display time in the case of winning the jackpot, the display part 21a A stop display of the production pattern 50 according to the winning mode is performed. On the other hand, during the elapse of the stop display time in the case of winning the time saving award, the game state (low probability time saving game state LJT1 or low time saving number of 10000 times) set after the stop display time has elapsed in the display unit 21a A special reach development effect that suggests a probability time-saving gaming state LJT2) is performed.
As a result, when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the normal game state, the game state is switched immediately after the variable display of the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is finished, thereby preventing the player from feeling uncomfortable. It becomes possible to In addition, since the stop display time is longer when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined than when the losing pattern is determined, it is easy to confirm the stopped time saving pattern J1 or J2. It is possible to make it easier to grasp the change in the game state after that. Furthermore, during the lapse of the stop display time longer than the stop display time when the losing pattern is determined, a special reach development effect that suggests the set game state is performed. It is possible to make it easier to grasp the change in the game state after that.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, although it is possible to shift from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 times of time-saving times, there is a high possibility that the game state will shift from the normal game state, and the player will stay longer than the normal game state. By preventing the transition from the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, which is easy to do, to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 with the number of times of time-saving 10000 times, the normal gaming state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1. Although it was set to be higher, the setting that makes the normal gaming state more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is not limited to this.

For example, when a jackpot is won during the normal game state, and when a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, both shift to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 after the special game based on the winning is completed. After setting it to be possible, winning the jackpot during the normal game state is higher than the number of time reductions in the low probability time reduction game state LJT2 that shifts after the end of the special game based on the jackpot winning in the low probability time reduction game state LJT1. You may set so that the number of times of time saving of low probability time saving game state LJT2 which shifts after the end of the special game based on may increase.
Also in this case, the normal gaming state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1.

Also, for example, the average of the fluctuation time that can be determined in the game state set after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot during the normal gaming state is the special game based on the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1. It may be set so as to be shorter than the average variation time that can be determined in the game state set after the end. In other words, in the game state set when the jackpot is won during the normal game state, a shorter fluctuation time is selected than the game state set when the jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. It may be set so that the ratio of
More specifically, for example, when the jackpot is won during the normal game state, and when the jackpot is won during the low probability time saving game state LJT1, both the low probability time saving game state LJT2 and the high probability time saving game After setting to be able to shift to the state, fluctuation that can be determined when losing in the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high probability time-saving game state set based on the winning of the jackpot in the normal game state When the average time (for example, 3.5 seconds, etc.) becomes a loss in the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2 or the high-probability short-time gaming state set based on the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1. It may be set to be shorter than the average variation time that can be determined (eg, 5.5 seconds, etc.). Also, the variation time that can be determined when a big win is achieved may be set to be the same as described above.
In this case, in the game state set when the jackpot is won during the normal game state, the game state set when the jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is the same time. Since the number of lotteries performed within the lottery increases, the possibility of winning the jackpot earlier increases. Therefore, the normal gaming state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1.

Also, for example, a special game that is executed based on the winning of the jackpot during the normal game state, or the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or the high-probability time-saving game state that has been transferred from the normal game state. The opening time of the special game to be played is a special game that is executed based on the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1, or during the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2 shifted from the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1 or in the high-probability short-time playing state. It may be set to be shorter than the opening time of the special game which is executed based on the winning of the jackpot during the game state. In addition, a special game that is executed based on the winning of the jackpot during the normal game state, and the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 that has shifted from the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state. The ending time of the special game is a special game that is executed based on the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1, the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2 shifted from the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1, or the high-probability short-time gaming state. It may be set to be shorter than the ending time of the special game that is executed based on the winning of the middle jackpot.
In this case, when the jackpot is won during the normal game state, the time from the start to the end of the special game becomes shorter than when the jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. , it is possible to increase the number of win/fail lotteries that can be executed, so that the possibility of winning a jackpot earlier increases. Therefore, the normal gaming state is more advantageous than the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the same background image (first background image) is displayed during the normal performance state and during the low-probability time-saving performance state A1, but the suggestion to stay in the chance zone is made only during the normal performance state. , which of the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set can be grasped from the effect mode in both the effect states, but it is not limited to this.

For example, although the same background image is displayed in the normal production state and the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the above-mentioned chance zone stay suggestion is not performed in either production state, so that the production mode in both production states. It may not be possible to grasp which of the normal game state or the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is set.
Also, for example, although the same background image is displayed during the normal production state and during the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the above-mentioned chance zone stay suggestion is not performed during any production state, and the low-probability time-saving production is performed. It is also possible to make it possible to execute a specific effect (for example, display of an image of shooting stars, etc.) set to have a higher execution probability during the normal effect state than during the state A1. By doing so, it is not possible to grasp which of the normal gaming state or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set from the display of the background image and whether or not the chance zone stay suggestion is executed. It can be estimated by the frequency of performance execution.

In addition, for example, although the same background image is displayed in the normal production state and the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the above-mentioned chance zone stay suggestion is not performed in either production state, and the normal game state is performed. A specific effect that is not executed during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 and is executed with a predetermined execution probability may be made executable. By doing so, it is not possible to grasp which of the normal gaming state or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set from the display of the background image and the execution of the chance zone stay suggestion, but it can be specified. By executing the production, it can be grasped that the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when shifting to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the number of time-saving times (10000 times) that the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 will continue until the jackpot is substantially won is set. However, the number of time reductions when the game state is set is not limited to this.
For example, the number of times of time saving (for example, 200 times, 500 times) may be set to the extent that the jackpot is not necessarily won during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1. In other words, the number of times of variable display of special symbols reaches the number of times of time reduction without winning a big hit, so that the low probability time-saving game state LJT1 ends and the normal game state is set. You may make it
In this case, after the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 ends by the number of times of variable display of special symbols reaching the time-saving number of times without winning the jackpot, the normal game positioned like a chance zone is played again. Since the transition to the state is made, the interest of the player can be enhanced.
It should be noted that, in the case described above, the countdown display of the number of remaining time saving until the end of the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is executed, and when the normal game state is reached when the time saving number is reached, the normal game An effect congratulating the return to the state (for example, display of a congratulatory image saying "Congratulation!! Chance zone revival!") may be executed.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, time-saving patterns associated with the transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and the transition from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 with 10,000 time-saving times are supported. Although one type of time-saving pattern was provided for each type, the type of time-saving pattern is not limited to this.
For example, a time saving pattern associated with the transition from the normal game state to the low probability time saving game state LJT1, and a time saving pattern associated with the transition from the normal game state to the low probability time saving game state LJT2 with 10000 time saving times. A plurality of types may be provided. Then, a different stop display time may be determined according to each time saving pattern.
In this case, the variation of the stop display time is increased, so that the special ready-to-win development effect executed during the elapse of the stop display time can be performed in various modes.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the special reach development effect in the special reach variation pattern is started at the time when the special symbol is stopped and displayed (at the time when the stop display time starts to elapse). It is not limited, and may be started at a predetermined point before the special symbol is stopped and displayed.
Even in this case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment can be obtained, and the mode of the special reach development effect can be made rich in variations.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the low probability time-saving game state LJT2 that shifts from the normal game state based on the determination of the time-saving pattern J2, and the low probability that is set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 or X4 In the time-saving gaming state LJT2, the number of time-savings set is different (the former is 10000 times, the latter is 100 times), and the advantage is different, but the number of time-savings set in any of these game states is the same. (eg, 100 times) to give the same advantage.
In addition, although the performance of the general figure game was the same in any game state, the performance of any one of the general figure games may be set to be higher than the other.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is possible to win the time-saving grant by lottery, and when the time-saving grant is won, the time-saving pattern is determined and the time-saving game state can be set. However, in the lottery, the lottery result of winning the short-time grant is not derived, and if it is lost, one of the multiple losing patterns is determined, and according to the type of the determined losing pattern , You may be able to determine the presence or absence of the setting of the time-saving gaming state. That is, instead of setting the time-saving gaming state by providing the time-saving award winning and time-saving patterns, a specific losing pattern that can be determined in the event of a loss is substituted as the time-saving design, and the specific losing pattern is determined. In this case, a time saving game state may be set.
Specifically, for example, a losing design ZA1, a losing design ZA2, a losing design ZA3, etc. are provided as losing designs determined when a winning lottery based on the first special random number is lost, and the losing design ZA1 is determined. The time-saving game state JT1 is set when the game is determined, the time-saving game state JT2 is set when the losing pattern ZA2 is determined, and none of the time-saving game states is set when the losing pattern ZA3 is determined. .
In addition, the timing of setting the time-saving gaming state is any timing from the time when it becomes a loss (the loss pattern is determined) to the end of the fluctuation based on the loss (for example, when the result of the losing lottery is derived) , at the start of fluctuation of the losing design, at the end of the fluctuation of the losing design (at the start of fluctuation of the next special design), etc.).
Even in this case, the same effect as that of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is obtained, and the data on the time-saving patterns becomes unnecessary, so that the load on the hardware resources such as the main ROM 102 can be reduced.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a jackpot is won by lottery, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 or a high-probability time-saving game state can be set after the end of a special game based on the winning. However, it is not limited to this, and even if the high-probability time-saving gaming state is not set after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot, and the normal game state or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 can be set. good.
In addition, a lottery is set so that it is possible to win a small win in addition to the big win, and a special area provided in the big prize opening not only in the case of winning the big win but also in the small win game based on the winning of the small win. Even when a game ball enters the machine, a special game is set to be executed (configured as a so-called 1 type and 2 type mixed pachinko machine), and after the special game is finished, the normal game state or low probability time-saving game state LJT2 may be set.
Then, even in the case described above, similarly to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, it is possible to shift from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 based on the winning of the time-saving grant, and the normal game state is relative. Although it is possible to shift to a low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (for example, the number of times of time-saving 10000 times) with a high degree of advantage, from the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 to a relatively high-probability low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2. By disabling it, the normal game state set after clearing the RAM or the like may be positioned as a chance zone.

(Second form)
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this explanation, the same reference numerals are assigned to the same configurations as those of the first embodiment described above, and the explanation thereof will be omitted or simplified.
The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine, in which a game ball enters a special area to be described later during a small win game based on winning a big win or a small win. It is configured such that a special game is executed when the game is played.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, and the devices and members installed on the game board 11 are the same as in the first mode except for the attacker device 17 .
The attacker device 17 of the present embodiment includes, instead of the specific region 57 of the first embodiment, a special region having the same structure and installation position as the specific region 57 but having different functions. 17, but otherwise has the same structure as the attacker device 17 of the first embodiment (provided with a diverting road 51, an upper passage 52, a lower passage 53, a general area 58, a distribution member 59, etc.).

During the special game based on the winning of the big win or the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the big winning hole 18 is opened and the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加However, during the special game, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position, and all the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 enter the general area 58 without entering the special area. Similarly, during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbols other than the predetermined small winning symbols (Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, Y9 described later), the distribution member 59 is stopped at the first position. , all the game balls entering the big winning hole 18 enter the general area 58 without entering the special area. On the other hand, during the small winning game based on the determination of the predetermined small winning symbols, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, and the game ball entering the big winning opening 18 enters the general area 58. All of them are designed to enter the special area.
That is, to the special area, it is possible to enter the game ball only during the small winning game based on the determination of the predetermined small winning pattern, thereby, during the small winning game a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls enter the special area. Then, a special game is executed based on the entry of a predetermined number of game balls into the special area during the small winning game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, according to the big winning pattern determined when winning the big prize and the small winning pattern decided when winning the small winning, execution is performed based on the determination of the big winning pattern and the small winning pattern. The game state after the end of the special game is set.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as game states that can be set, a normal game state combining a low-probability game state and a non-time-saving game state, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state JT1 , Low-probability time-saving game state LJT2 is provided by combining the low-probability game state and time-saving game state JT2, and one of the game states is set to progress the game.
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the low probability game state is always set in any game state. Therefore, in any game state, the probability of winning a big win in the lottery is always the same without changing.
In addition, the frequency of game balls entering the second start winning opening 16 in the non-time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state JT1, and the time-saving gaming state JT2 is the same as in the first form. That is, in the non-time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state JT1 and the time-saving gaming state JT2, the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery, the normal symbol fluctuation time and the operating time of the movable piece 16b are all the same as in the first form are set (see FIGS. 14 to 16).
In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.

Then, during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a by the player so that the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 (left During the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2, during the special game and during the small winning game, the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, or the game ball passes through the gate 20 and the second starting winning opening. 16, the player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right shot). That is, during the normal gaming state and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the player is made to play the game mainly in the first game area 12a, and during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, the player is mainly the second game area. 12b, a game is played.

Here, the reserved storage area of the main RAM 103 in this embodiment is composed of a total of eight storage units from the first storage unit to the eighth storage unit, and the first special random number and the second special random number are Group storage is possible.
The first special random number and the second special random number are stored from the first storage unit in the order in which the ball enters each start winning opening. For example, in a state where no random number is stored in any of the storage units, if a game ball enters in the order of the first start prize winning port 15→the first start winning prize port 15→the second start prize winning port 16, The first special random number associated with the first entry into the first start winning opening 15 is stored in the first storage unit, and the first special random number associated with the second entry into the first start winning opening 15 is stored. The second special random number stored in the second storage section and related to the third entry into the second start winning opening 16 is stored in the third storage section. If the random number is already stored in several storage units, the random number is stored in the storage unit with the smallest number among the empty storage units.
However, the number of sets of the first special random numbers and the number of sets of the second special random numbers that can be stored in the reserved storage area are up to four sets. Therefore, when four sets of first special random numbers are already stored in the reserved storage area, even if a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, the first special random number related to this entering ball is Not stored in reserved storage. Similarly, when four sets of second special random numbers are already stored in the reserved storage area, even if a game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number associated with this entering ball is not stored in reserved storage.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, unlike the first embodiment, when both the first special random numbers and the second special random numbers are stored, they are processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved storage area. It's like For example, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored when the variable display of the special symbol is started, the first special random number is retained and stored before the second special random number. When it is stored in the area, the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the variable display of the special symbol are performed first, and when the variable display is completed, the winning lottery based on the second special random number and the special symbol are displayed. A variable display is performed.

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. The first low probability determination table 110c referred to in the success or failure lottery, and the second to be referred to in the success or failure lottery based on the second special random number (random number obtained by entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16) and a low probability determination table 110d.

As shown in FIG. 56(a), according to the first low-probability determination table 110c, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1328, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 6368, It is determined to be winning a small hit, and if the random number is 12000 to 14183, it is determined to be winning a time-saving grant, and other random numbers (0 to 999, 1329 to 1999, 6369 to 11999, 14184 to 65535). If there is, it is judged as lost. Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in the first low probability determination table 110c is about 1/199, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/15, and the probability of winning the time saving award is about 1/30.

As shown in FIG. 56(b), according to the second low-probability determination table 110d, if the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1328, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and if the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 11361 It is determined to be winning a small hit, and if the random number is 12000 to 14183, it is determined to be winning a time-saving grant, and other random numbers (0 to 999, 1329 to 1999, 11362 to 11999, 14184 to 65535). If there is, it is judged as lost. Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in the second low probability determination table 110d is about 1/199, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/7, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/30.

In the winning lottery in this form, first, the determination of the success or failure of the big hit is performed, and if the determination result of the non-winning of the big hit is derived, then the determination of the success or failure of the small hit is performed, and the small hit is won. If the judgment result is derived that it is not (hereinafter also referred to as non-election of the small hit), then it is determined whether the time reduction grant is appropriate or not, and if the time reduction grant non-election is derived, it will be lost. .

In addition, as shown in FIG. 57, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment has a first start winning opening determination table as a special symbol random number determination table 111, which is referred to when a winning lottery is performed by a first special symbol random number. 111c, and a second start prize winning opening determination table 111d that is referred to when the winning lottery is performed by the second special random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to this form, 12 types of jackpot patterns (X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, X12) are determined when a small win is won. 9 types of small winning patterns (Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, Y9) as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as small winning patterns), 3 types of time saving patterns (J1, J2, J3) is provided. Also, as in the first mode, two types of lost symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided.

As shown in FIG. 57(a), according to the first start prize winning opening determination table 111c, when a jackpot is won by the lottery described above, when the special symbol random number is 0 to 31, the jackpot symbol When X1 is determined and the special symbol random number is 32 to 63, the big winning symbol X2 is determined, when the special symbol random number is 64 to 98, the big winning symbol X3 is determined and the special symbol random number is 99 to 130. When , the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, when the special pattern random number is 131 to 163, the jackpot pattern X5 is decided, and when the special pattern random number is 164 to 199, the jackpot pattern X6 is decided. . In this first start winning hole determination table 111c, when a big win is won, the probability of determining the big winning pattern X1, X2 or X3 is 49%, and the probability of determining the big winning pattern X4, X5 or X6 is 49%. 51%.
In addition, when a small hit is won by the above-mentioned lottery, the small hit pattern Y1 is determined when the special pattern random number is 0 to 49, and when the special pattern random number is 50 to 99. A winning symbol Y2 is determined, a small winning symbol Y3 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100-149, and a small winning symbol Y4 is determined when the special symbol random number is 150-199. In the first start winning hole determination table 111c, when a small win is won, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is 50%, and the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y3 or Y4 is 50%. %.
Also, in the case of winning the time saving grant by the above-mentioned lottery, the time saving design J1 is determined when the special design random number is 0 to 179, and the time saving design when the special design random number is 180 to 199 J2 is determined. In this first start prize winning hole determination table 111c, when the winning of the time saving award is won, the probability that the time saving pattern J1 is determined is 90%, and the probability that the time saving pattern J2 is determined is 10%.
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.

As shown in FIG. 57(b), according to the second start winning opening determination table 111d, when the winning lottery results in the winning of the jackpot, when the special symbol random number is 0 to 31, the jackpot symbol is selected. When X7 is determined and the special symbol random number is 32 to 63, the big winning symbol X8 is determined, when the special symbol random number is 64 to 98, the big winning symbol X9 is determined and the special symbol random number is 99 to 130. When , the jackpot pattern X10 is determined, when the special pattern random number is 131 to 163, the jackpot pattern X11 is decided, and when the special pattern random number is 164 to 199, the jackpot pattern X12 is decided. . In the second starting winning hole determination table 111d, when a big win is won, the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X7, X8 or X9 is 49%, and the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X10, X11 or X12 is 49%. 51%.
In addition, when a small hit is won by the above-mentioned lottery, the small hit pattern Y5 is determined when the special pattern random number is 0 to 49, and when the special pattern random number is 50 to 99. A winning symbol Y6 is determined, a small winning symbol Y7 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100 to 149, a small winning symbol Y8 is determined when the special symbol random number is 150 to 179, and a special symbol random number. is 180-199, the small winning symbol Y9 is determined. In the second start winning hole determination table 111d, when a small win is won, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y5 or Y6 is 50%, and the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y7, Y8 or Y9. is 50%.
In addition, in the case of winning the time saving provision by the above-mentioned lottery, the time saving pattern J3 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0-199. In the second start winning opening determination table 111d, the probability that the time saving pattern J3 is determined is 100% when the time saving award is won.
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.

Also, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, when the special symbols are determined, the variation time of the special symbols, the aspect of the variation effect, etc. are determined based on the result of the determination. A variation pattern command corresponding to the variation pattern is determined, and a stop display time (so-called symbol determination time), which is the time during which the special symbol is stopped and displayed after the variation display of the special symbol is completed, is determined. there is

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. Executed through operation table 112d and special game based on determination of big winning symbols X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12, or small winning game based on determination of small winning symbols Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 The second operating table 112e referred to in the special game played, the third operating table 112f referred to in the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbols Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4, the small winning symbols Y5, Y6, and a fourth operation table 112g that is referred to in the small winning game based on the determination of Y7, Y8 or Y9.

As shown in FIG. 58(a), according to the first operation table 112d, a jackpot is won in the lottery based on the first special random numbers, and jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 are determined. In the special game executed by this, it ends when either the condition that the big winning hole 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18 is satisfied. A round game is set to be executed a total of three times. Also, in any round game, the big winning opening 18 is opened only once (29.0 second opening is executed once), and the interval time between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds. there is Furthermore, the sorting member 59 remains at the first position during any round game.

As shown in FIG. 58(b), according to the second operation table 112e, a jackpot is won in the lottery using the second special random number, and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined. Winning a small hit in a special game executed by the second special random number lottery, or a predetermined number (1 ) game balls enter the special area, a round game ending under the same conditions as the above-described first operation table 112d is set to be executed a total of 10 times. . The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b during the round game, the operation mode of the distribution member 59, and the interval time are also set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112d.

As shown in FIG. 58(c), according to the third operation table 112e, a small hit is won in the lottery based on the first special random number, and the small hit pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined. In the small winning game to be executed, the condition is that either the big winning hole 18 is opened once for 0.05 seconds or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18 during opening. It is set to end when it is established. Further, while the big prize winning opening 18 is open, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position.
That is, when a small winning is won based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, even when any of the small winning symbols is determined, the big winning opening is entered during the small winning game. 18 is only open for 0.05 seconds. Therefore, it is extremely difficult to enter the game ball into the big winning hole 18 even if a so-called right-handed hit is performed during the small winning game. Further, since the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during the small winning game, even if the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, the game ball does not enter the special area.

As shown in FIG. 58(d), according to the fourth operation table 112f, a small hit is won in the winning lottery with the second special random number, and the small winning pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined. The small winning game executed by this is either the opening of the big winning hole 18 for 0.9 seconds twice, or the opening of the big winning hole 18 with 10 game balls entering. It is set to end when the conditions are met. Also, the closing time of the big winning opening 18 from the end of the first opening to the start of the second opening is set to 0.6 seconds. Furthermore, the distribution member 59 stays at the second position while the big winning opening 18 is open.
That is, when a small win is won based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, even when any small winning pattern is determined, the big winning hole is entered during the small winning game. 18 are released for a total of 1.8 seconds. Therefore, during this small winning game, the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18 if so-called right hitting is performed. Further, since the distribution member 59 stays at the second position during the small winning game, the game ball entering the big winning opening 18 always enters the special area.
Therefore, when a small hit is won based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, if so-called right hitting is performed, a predetermined number (one) during the small hit game based on the winning Since the game ball enters the special area, the above-mentioned special game (see FIG. 58(b)) is executed based on the entry.

(Outline of game state to be set)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern (winning of the jackpot), the game state after the special game is completed according to the type of the jackpot pattern that has been decided. is set.

In addition, a small winning game is executed based on the determination of the small winning pattern (winning the small winning), and a special game is executed based on the entry of a predetermined number (one) of game balls into the special area during the small winning game. If so, the game state after the end of the special game is set according to the type of the determined small winning symbol. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the game ball can enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbols Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9. When a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area and a special game is executed at the end of the special game, a game state is set according to the type of the determined small winning symbol.
It should be noted that, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the special area during the small winning game and the special game is not executed, the above-described processing is not performed. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the game ball cannot enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbols Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4. A number of game balls do not enter the special area, and the special game is not executed. In addition, even if the game ball does not enter the big winning hole 18 because the game ball did not hit to the right during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbols Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9, a predetermined Since the number of game balls does not enter the special area, the special game is not executed. At these times, the above-described processing is not performed.

Also, in the non-time-saving gaming state (normal gaming state), when the time-saving design is determined (elected to give time-saving) and the time-saving design is stopped and displayed, depending on the type of time-saving design determined, the A game state after the stop display of the time saving pattern (after the end of the variable display of the time saving pattern) is set. On the other hand, in the time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 (time-saving gaming state JT1), low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (time-saving gaming state JT2)), the time-saving design is determined and the time-saving design is stopped and displayed. In that case, after the time-saving design is stopped and displayed, a new game state based on the determination of the time-saving design is not set, and the game state that was set when the time-saving design was determined (during the execution of the winning lottery) is maintained. It is designed to be That is, even if the time saving design is stopped and displayed during the low probability time saving game state LJT1 or the low probability time saving game state LJT2, the time saving game state based on the winning is not set again, and is being set. The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 continues.

Then, as shown in FIG. 59, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment has a game state setting table 113, which is a special game based on the fact that the first special random number wins the jackpot and the jackpot symbol X1, X2 or X3 is determined. A first game state setting that determines the setting contents of the game state after the end of the game or after the end of the special game based on the fact that the big win is won by the second special random number and the big win pattern X7, X8 or X9 is determined. After the end of the special game based on the table 113e and the jackpot winning by the first special random number and the jackpot symbols X4, X5 or X6 being determined, the jackpot winning by the second special random number and the jackpot symbols X10, X11 or X6 are determined. After the end of the special game based on the determination of X12, or through the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 when the small winning is won by the second special random number. A second game state setting table 113f that defines the setting contents of the game state after the end of the special game to be played, and in the non-time saving game state, the first special random number wins the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 is determined and the time saving pattern is determined. A third game state setting table 113g that defines the setting contents of the game state set based on the stop display of J1, and a time saving pattern J2 that is elected for time saving by the first special random number in the non-time saving game state. Determined and the time-saving pattern J2 is stopped and displayed, or based on the fact that the time-saving design J3 is determined and the time-saving design J3 is stop-displayed by winning the time-saving grant by the second special random number in the non-time-saving game state. A fourth game state setting table 113h defining the setting contents of the game state to be set is provided.

As shown in FIG. 59(a), regardless of the gaming state being set, if a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number and the big winning symbol X1, X2 or X3 is determined, or the second When a jackpot is won by a winning lottery based on a special random number and a jackpot pattern X7, X8 or X9 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the decision is a low probability game state and a non-time-saving game state. is set to That is, the normal game state is set after the special game ends.

As shown in FIG. 59(b), regardless of the gaming state being set, if the big hit is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the big hit pattern X4, X5 or X6 is determined, the second special figure When a big win is won by a lottery based on a random number and a big win pattern X10, X11 or X12 is determined, or a small win is won by a win or fail lottery based on a second special random number and a small win pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8. Or when a predetermined number of game balls enter the special area during the small winning game based on the determination of Y9, the game state after the end of the special game based on these is set to the low probability game state and the time saving game state JT2. be done. That is, the low probability time saving game state LJT2 is set after the end of the special game.
In addition, here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, two types of the first number of times of time saving and the second number of times of time saving are set as the number of times of time saving, and the low-probability time saving game state LJT2 described above is set. , 6 times is set to the first number of times of time saving, and 11 times is set to the second number of times of time saving.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 in which the first time-saving number of times is set to 6 times and the second time-saving number of times to be set to 11 times) is It shall also be referred to as low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-A.

When the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A is set, after setting the gaming state, (1) based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 without executing the special game Whether the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol) has reached the first time saving number of times (6 times) (whether the result of the winning lottery by the second special symbol random number has been derived 6 times), (2) The total number of fluctuations of the special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as the first special symbol) and the number of variations of the second special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 without executing the special game Whether the second time saving number of times (11 times) has been reached (whether the result of the winning lottery by the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery by the second special random number have been derived a total of 11 times), or (3) special game is executed, the number of times of determination of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 that can be determined based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 has reached the number of times of termination determination, either time saving end condition Until established, the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A continues. It should be noted that, in the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, 5 times, which is larger than the upper limit number (4) of the first pending number, is set as the above-described end determination count.

Here, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a first time saving number storage area and a second time saving number storage area as the time saving number storage area provided in the main RAM 103. In the first time saving number storage area , The number of fluctuations of the remaining special symbols until the above-mentioned first time saving number becomes 0 (hereinafter also referred to as the first remaining number of fluctuations) is stored, and the second time saving number storage area contains the above-mentioned second time saving number The number of fluctuations of the remaining special symbols until becomes 0 (hereinafter also referred to as the second remaining number of fluctuations) is stored.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the main RAM 103 is provided with an end determination number storage area, and in this end determination number storage area, the remaining small winning symbols until the end determination number becomes 0 are stored. number of determinations (hereinafter also referred to as the number of determinations of the remaining amount) is stored.
Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is performed, when the variable display of the special symbol ends, Both the first residual variation number stored in the first time saving number storage area and the first remaining variation number stored in the second time saving number storage area are updated, and the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 When the variable display of the special symbol based on the entering ball is performed, only the second remaining variation frequency stored in the second time saving frequency storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol is finished. Further, when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the number of remaining small winning determinations stored in the end determination number storage area is updated at the time when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
And, as a result of performing these processes, when one of the above-mentioned time saving end conditions is established, the low probability game state remains as it is, and the time saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time saving game state, so that the game state is Changed to normal game mode.

As shown in FIG. 59(c), in the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the time-saving design J1 is stopped and displayed. In that case, when the variable display of the time saving pattern J1 as a special pattern is completed (when the time saving pattern J1 is stopped and displayed), the low probability game state remains as it is, and the non-time saving game state changes to the time saving game state JT1. is changed to That is, when the variable display of the time saving pattern J1 ends, the low-probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is set at the end point (that is, before the stop display time elapses).
Further, when the above-described low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is set, 300 times is set to the first time saving number of times, and 305 times is set to the second time saving number of times.

When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, after setting the game state, (1) the number of fluctuations of the first special figure is the first time-saving number of times (300 times) without the special game being executed. (whether the result of the winning lottery by the first special random number has been derived 300 times), (2) the number of fluctuations of the first special figure and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure without executing the special game Whether the total has reached the second time saving number of times (305 times) (whether the result of the winning lottery by the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery by the second special random number were derived a total of 305 times), or (3) Any time-saving end in which the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 that can be determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 reaches the number of termination determinations without executing the special game. The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 continues until the conditions are satisfied. In addition, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, one less than the upper limit number (four) of the first number of reservations is set as the above-described end determination number.

Also, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 is performed, when the variable display of the special symbol ends, the first Both the first remaining variation frequency stored in the time saving frequency storage area and the second remaining variation frequency stored in the second time saving frequency storage area are updated, and the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16. When the variable display of the special symbol based on is performed, when the variable display of the special symbol ends, only the second remaining variation number stored in the second time saving number storage area is updated. Further, when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the number of remaining small winning determinations stored in the end determination number storage area is updated at the time when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
And, as a result of these processes, when one of the time saving end conditions is established, the low probability game state remains as it is, and the time saving game state JT1 is changed to a non-time saving game state, so that the game state is Changed to normal game mode.

As shown in FIG. 59(d), in the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the time-saving design J2 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the time-saving design J2 is stopped and displayed. Or, if the time-saving design J3 is determined by winning the time-saving lottery based on the second special random number and the time-saving design J3 is stopped and displayed, the time-saving design J2 or J3 as a special design When the variable display ends (time when the time saving pattern J2 or J3 is stopped and displayed), the non-time saving game state is changed to the time saving game state JT2 while the low probability game state remains as it is. That is, when the variable display of the time saving pattern J2 or J3 ends, the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 is set at the end (before the stop display time elapses).
Further, when the above-described low probability time saving gaming state LJT2 is set, the first time saving number of times is set to once, and the second time saving number of times is set to six times.
In the following, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 that is set after the stop display of the time-saving pattern (the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 that is set to the first time-saving number of times and the second time-saving number of times to 6 times) , It shall also be referred to as a low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B.

When the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set, after setting the game state, (1) the special game is not executed, and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure is the first time-saving number of times (1 time ) has been reached (whether the result of the winning lottery by the second special random number has been derived once), (2) the number of fluctuations of the first special figure and the fluctuation of the second special figure without executing the special game Whether the total number of times has reached the second number of times (6 times) 3) Either the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2, which can be determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, reaches the end determination number of times without the special game being executed. The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B continues until the time-saving end condition is satisfied. It should be noted that, in the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, 5 times, which is greater than the upper limit number (4) of the first pending number, is set as the number of end determinations described above.

Also, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is performed, when the variable display of the special symbol ends, Both the first residual variation number stored in the first time saving number storage area and the second remaining variation number stored in the second time saving number storage area are updated, and the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 When the variable display of the special symbol based on the entering ball is performed, only the second remaining variation frequency stored in the second time saving frequency storage area is updated when the variable display of the special symbol is finished. Further, when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, the number of remaining small winning determinations stored in the end determination number storage area is updated at the time when the variable display of the special symbol ends.
And, as a result of performing these processes, when one of the above-mentioned time saving end conditions is established, the low probability game state remains as it is, and the time saving game state JT2 is changed to a non-time saving game state, so that the game state is Changed to normal game mode.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 in which left-handed hitting is performed, a winning lottery based on the first special random number may win a time-saving grant, and the possibility is low. However, it may be possible to win a short-time grant in a lottery based on the second special random number.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B where right-handed hitting is performed, there is a case where the time-saving grant is elected in the winning lottery based on the second special random number, and the first In some cases, it may be possible to win a time-saving award in a lottery based on special random numbers.
In this way, the game state other than the normal game state (low probability time-saving game state LJT1, low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A, low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B) also, the first special figure random number or the second special figure A lottery based on random numbers results in winning of time saving granting, time saving patterns J1, J2 or J3 are determined, and these time saving patterns are stop-displayed, but in this case, the game state being set continues as it is.

(Regarding the condition for ending the time-saving game state (time-saving end condition))
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same during both the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1, and even if the game ball is launched toward the second game state 12b. A game ball does not enter the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加During these game states, the player is made to play the game in the first game area 12a, and there is a possibility that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15.例文帳に追加
If you win a jackpot based on the winning lottery by the 1st special random number (random number acquired by entering the game ball into the 1st start winning opening 15) during the normal game state or low probability time saving game state LJT1 , A special game in which three round games are performed is executed, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A can be set after the end of the special game.
Also, during the normal game state, if you win the time saving grant based on the winning lottery with the first special random number and the time saving pattern is stopped and displayed, the subsequent game state is a low probability time saving game state LJT1 or a low probability time saving game It is set to one of the states LJT2-B. On the other hand, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LTJ1, even if the time-saving grant is elected based on the winning lottery by the first special random number and the time-saving design is stopped and displayed, the game state is not changed and the low-probability time-saving gaming state continues thereafter. LJT1 continues.

During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, the probability of winning the jackpot is the same as during the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, but the second game When the game ball is launched toward the area 12b, the game ball can enter the second start winning opening 16 with high frequency. During these game states, the player is made to play the game in the second game area 12b, and as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball is second start. There is a possibility that the ball will enter the winning hole 16 .
If a big hit is won based on the winning lottery based on the second special random number (random number obtained by entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16), a special game in which 10 round games are performed is executed. And, after the end of the special game, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A can be set. Further, when a small prize is won, a special game in which 10 round games are performed through the small prize game can be executed, and a low probability time saving game state LJT2-A can be set after the special game is completed. It's like
That is, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, the prize ball based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, during the normal gaming state and low probability time-saving A decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game can be suppressed more than during the game state LJT1, and a special game can be executed based on not only the winning of the big win but also the winning of the small win, and furthermore, in the special game, Since the round game is performed more times than during the special game when the jackpot is won during the normal game state or the low probability time saving game state LJT1, it is more advantageous than the normal game state and the low probability time saving game state LJT1. It is in play state.
Then, as described above, during the normal game state, when the time saving design is stopped and displayed by winning the time saving grant, either the low probability time saving game state LJT1 or the low probability time saving game state LJT2-B is set. However, after shifting from the normal game state to the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, even if the time-saving design is stopped and displayed during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2- B is never set. Therefore, the normal game state in which the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B can be set by the winning of the time-saving grant and the stop display of the time-saving symbol is a more advantageous game state than the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1. As a result, as in the first form, it is possible to provide a novel game property that the normal game state before shifting to the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 becomes a chance zone, and to increase the interest of the player. It's like

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B are the number of fluctuations of the first special figure and the second special figure Not only the number of fluctuations, but also the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 that can be determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. That is, the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is set as the end condition of the time saving game state (time saving end condition).
As a result, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B end, and the opportunity to set the normal gaming state positioned like a chance zone increases, so the game It can improve the interest of the person.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 that will end the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 (end determination number of times: 1 time) and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A And the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 at which the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B ends (end determination number of times: 5 times) is set to be different. Specifically, the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT2-B are the number of decisions of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 that will end the low-probability short-time gaming state LJT1 (end decision count ) does not end even if the time-saving end condition is satisfied.
As a result, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B are based on the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2. can be made different, the playability can be improved, and the player's interest can be enhanced.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 that will end the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B (end determination number: 5 times ) is set to be greater than the upper limit number (4) of the first pending number.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when both the first special random numbers and the second special random numbers are stored, they are processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved storage area. Therefore, for example, when a jackpot is won during a normal game state or a low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 in which left-handed hitting is performed, and a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A is set after the special game based on the winning , When the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set based on the fact that the time-saving design J2 is determined and the time-saving design J2 is stopped and displayed by winning the time-saving grant during the normal game state, these game states are set When it is set, if the first special random number acquired during the normal game state or the low probability time saving game state LJT1 before the setting is stored, the stored first special random number is low It is processed earlier than the second special random number newly acquired during the probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B. Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, a small hit is won by a lottery based on the first special random number, and the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 may be determined. There is

Here, for example, the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined by the number of determinations below the upper limit number (4 pieces) of the first number of reservations, so that the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2- If it is set to end B, before the player starts launching the game ball towards the second game area 12b low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B may terminate. Then, even though the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B that are more advantageous than the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 have been set, to the second start winning opening 16 Without being able to enter the game ball (without being able to receive the winning lottery based on the second special random number), these advantageous game states end, and there is a possibility that the player's interest is reduced.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the number of determinations of the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 that will end the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B (end number of decisions) was set to be greater than the upper limit number (4) of the first pending number. As a result, if all the first special random numbers stored before the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B were set, the determination of the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 was derived. Even if it does, the low probability time saving game state LJT2-A and the low probability time saving game state LJT2-B do not end. Therefore, even after all winning lotteries based on the above-mentioned first special random numbers are completed, the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B continue, so the second start winning opening A game ball can be entered into 16 to receive a win-or-fail lottery based on the second special random number, and a decline in the interest of the player can be prevented.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, among all the small winning patterns that can be determined, based on the number of times a specific small winning pattern (Y1 or Y2) is determined Probable time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B) was supposed to end, but it is not limited to this, and the number of determinations of all small winning patterns (that is, small winning The number of winning times) may be used to terminate the time-saving gaming state.
Moreover, various things can be employ|adopted as time saving completion conditions regarding a small hit. For example, when the number of determinations of each of a plurality of small hit patterns reaches a predetermined end determination number (for example, the number of determinations of the small hit pattern Y1 reaches 2 times (end determination number), and the small hit pattern Y2 The number of times of determination reaches 3 times (the number of times of end determination), etc.), the time saving game state may be terminated. Also, for example, when the small winning design is determined in a predetermined order (for example, when the small winning design is determined in the order of small winning design Y1 → small winning design Y2 → small winning design Y1), time saving You may make it finish a game state. Also, for example, when the small hit pattern is determined only a predetermined number of times within a predetermined period The time-saving game state may be terminated when the number of determinations of the winning symbol Y1 reaches three times (the number of termination determinations).
Further, the time saving end condition regarding the small hit may be set only in some of the time saving game states instead of being set in all the time saving game states. For example, although the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 ends based on the conditions for determining a small hit, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B are based on the conditions for determining a small hit. You can set it not to end.
In the above case as well, the opportunity for ending the time-saving game state is rich in variety, and the game performance is improved, and the player's interest can be heightened.

(Regarding the processing when winning the time saving grant when the time saving game state ends)
As described above, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is the result of processing to update the first remaining variation number and the second remaining variation number at the time when the variation display of the special symbol is completed, for example, the first special figure When the number of fluctuations reaches the first number of reduced hours, the game ends, and the normal game state is set. In addition, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B are the result of updating the first remaining variation number and the second remaining variation number when the special symbol variation display ends. , For example, when the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches the first time saving number of times, it ends, and the normal game state is set. In the following description, the processing for updating the first residual variation count and the second residual variation count will also be referred to as “remaining variation count update processing”.
On the other hand, in the normal game state, when the time reduction design is determined and the time reduction design is determined and the time reduction design is stopped, at the time when the time reduction design is stopped and displayed (at the time when the fluctuation display of the time reduction design is completed) , Low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set according to the type of determined time-saving design.

Here, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, when the number of fluctuations of the first special figure reaches the first time-saving number of times, the case of winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery, or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and low probability In the time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, there is a case where the time-saving provision is elected in the winning lottery at the time when the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches the first time-saving number.
Processing for setting low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 or low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B based on stop display of time-saving design (processing for setting time-saving gaming state based on stop display of time-saving design), and update processing for the number of remaining fluctuations Both are performed at the time when the variable display of the time-saving design is completed (at the time of the stop display of the time-saving design), but if the remaining variation number update process is performed, the time-saving game state based on the stop display of the time-saving design is set. shall be processed.
Then, in the above-described case, since the normal game state is set when the remaining variation count update process is performed, at the time of executing the process for setting the time saving game state based on the stop display of the time saving symbol, in the normal game state The time saving pattern is stopped and displayed, and the time saving game state (low probability time saving game state LJT1 or low probability time saving game state LJT2-B) is set again. That is, when the process for setting the time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time-saving design is performed after performing the remaining variation number update processing, in the above-described case, a situation occurs in which a plurality of time-saving gaming states are continuously set. As a result, the time-saving game state breakpoint and setting opportunity become ambiguous, and there is a possibility that the game may feel uncomfortable.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after performing the process for setting the time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbols, it is set to perform the remaining variation number update process.
As a result, in the above-described case, at the time of executing the processing related to the setting of the time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time-saving design, the remaining variation number update process is not performed, and the time-saving gaming state (low probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B) remain set, and the time-saving symbols are stopped and displayed in the time-saving gaming state. Therefore, setting of a new time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of time-saving symbols is not performed. Then, the normal game state is set by performing the remaining variation count update process. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the delimitation of the time-saving gaming state and the timing of setting become ambiguous, and it is possible to prevent the possibility of causing a sense of incongruity in the game.

In addition, as described above, set to perform processing related to setting of the time-saving game state based on the stop display of the time-saving pattern after the remaining variation number update process is performed, and in the above case, a plurality of time-saving game states are continuous may be set as

(Outline of fluctuation pattern table 114)
The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. It has a table MP31 that is referred to during the gaming state LJT2 (during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B).
And, in these fluctuation pattern tables 114, as in the first form, the determined special symbols (losing symbols Z1, Z2, jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11, X12, small winning patterns Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8, Y9, time saving patterns J1, J2, J3), the number of pending at the moment (at the time of determination of the variation pattern command (winning lottery A variation pattern command corresponding to a variation pattern in which a predetermined variation time is set is determined according to the first retention number, second retention number at the time of execution) and the variation pattern random number.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 60(a), in the table MP11 (fluctuation pattern table 114 referred to during the normal game state), a winning or losing lottery based on the first special figure random number results in a losing pattern Z1. When determined, the same variation pattern command (variation pattern) as when the losing symbol Z1 is determined during the normal game state in the first form is determined.
In addition, when a jackpot is won by lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, the jackpot pattern X1, A variation pattern command similar to when X2 or X3 is determined is determined.
Also, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the first special random number and a small win pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, the fluctuation pattern random number can be any value. Even if there is, the variation pattern command "05H" associated with the variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" is determined.
In addition, when the time reduction design J1 is determined by winning the time reduction grant by the lottery based on the first special random number, the same fluctuation pattern as when the time reduction design J1 is determined during the normal game state in the first form The command is designed to be determined, and when the time reduction design J2 is determined by winning the time reduction grant by the winning lottery based on the first special random number, the time reduction design J2 is determined during the normal game state in the first form. A variation pattern command similar to that determined is determined.

Further, as shown in FIG. 60(a), in the table MP11, if the winning or losing lottery based on the second special random number is lost and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, the fluctuation pattern A variation pattern command associated with a variation pattern of "10 second variation" (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 10 seconds), regardless of the value of the random number. "04H" is determined.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the moment, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "09H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 second variation" is determined.
Also, if a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a small hit pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "06H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 seconds variation" is determined.
Also, in the case of winning the time saving grant by lottery based on the second special random number, when the time saving pattern J3 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, even if the fluctuation pattern random number is any value, A variation pattern command "0CH" associated with a variation pattern of "10 second variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(b), in the table MP21 (variation pattern table 114 referred to during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1), the winning pattern Z1 is determined by the winning lottery based on the first special figure random number. In this case, the same variation pattern command as when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 in the first form is determined.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number and a jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, the jackpot will be hit during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 in the first form. A variation pattern command similar to when the symbol X1, X2 or X3 is determined is determined.
Also, in the case of winning a small hit by lottery based on the first special random number, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, what value is the fluctuation pattern random number? However, the variation pattern command "15H" associated with the variation pattern "15 seconds variation" (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 15 seconds) is determined. , When the small winning symbol Y3 or Y4 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, regardless of the value of the variation pattern random number, the variation pattern command "16H ” is determined.
In addition, when the time reduction design J1 is determined by winning the time reduction grant by the lottery based on the first special random number, it is the same as when the time reduction design J1 is determined during the low probability time reduction gaming state LJT1 in the first form. The variation pattern command is determined, and when the time reduction grant is elected by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the time reduction pattern J2 is determined, the low probability time reduction game state LJT1 in the first form A variation pattern command similar to when the time saving pattern J2 is determined is determined.

Further, as shown in FIG. 60(b), in the table MP21, when the winning pattern Z2 is determined by the winning lottery based on the second special random number, regardless of the number of reservations at the present time, the fluctuation pattern Regardless of the value of the random number, the variation pattern command "14H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 seconds variation" is determined.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the moment, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "19H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 seconds variation" is determined.
Also, if a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a small hit pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "17H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 seconds variation" is determined.
Also, in the case of winning the time saving grant by lottery based on the second special random number, when the time saving pattern J3 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, even if the fluctuation pattern random number is any value, A variation pattern command "1DH" associated with the variation pattern of "10 second variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60 (c), in the table MP31 (variation pattern table 114 referred to during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2), the winning pattern Z1 is determined by the winning lottery based on the first special figure random number. In this case, the variation pattern command "50H" associated with the variation pattern of "2 second variation" is determined regardless of the number of pending at the present time, regardless of the value of the variation pattern random number.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special random number and a jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "5AH" associated with the variation pattern of "2 second variation" is determined.
Also, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the first special random number and a small win pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, the fluctuation pattern random number can be any value. Even if there is, the variation pattern command "55H" associated with the variation pattern of "2-second variation" is determined.
In addition, if the winning time reduction design J1 or J2 is determined by winning the winning lottery based on the first special random number, regardless of the current number of reservations, the fluctuation pattern random number is any value, " A variation pattern command "5DH" associated with the variation pattern of "2 second variation" is determined.
Also, if the winning pattern Z2 is determined by the winning lottery based on the second special random number, regardless of the number of reservations at the moment, no matter what value the fluctuation pattern random number is, "10 seconds fluctuation" A variation pattern command "51H" associated with the variation pattern is determined.
In addition, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations at the moment, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "59H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 second variation" is determined.
Also, if a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a small hit pattern Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, regardless of the current number of reservations, any variation pattern random number Even if it is a value, the variation pattern command "56H" associated with the variation pattern of "10 seconds variation" is determined.
In addition, if the winning time reduction design J3 is determined by winning the winning lottery based on the second special random number, regardless of the current number of reservations, the fluctuation pattern random number is any value, "10 seconds A variation pattern command "5EH" associated with the variation pattern of "Variation" is determined.

(Summary of stop display time)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the stop display time table 115 includes the current game state (game state at the time of execution of the lottery) and the stop display time according to the type of special symbol. is defined.
As shown in FIG. 61, according to the stop display time table 115, when the current game state is the normal game state, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined when the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined. When the big winning symbols X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 are determined, a stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined and the small winning symbols Y1, Y2 are determined. , Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined, and when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, the stop display time of 20 seconds is determined. , When the time saving pattern J3 is determined, the stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined.
In addition, when the game state at the present time is the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the jackpot patterns X1, X2, X3, X4, X5, X6 , When X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, when the small winning design Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and time saving design J1, A stop display time of 0.5 seconds is determined whenever J2 or J3 are determined.

(Summary of stop display of special symbols)
Although not shown in particular, the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31 are both composed of a plurality of LEDs, and each type of special symbol has a different lighting pattern by the LED. It is defined.
Then, when the special symbol (first special symbol) is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the above-mentioned LED of the first special symbol display device 30 starts blinking display (that is, , the variable display of the special symbol is started), and when the variable time has elapsed, the blinking display of the LED ends (that is, the variable display of the special symbol ends), and the lighting corresponding to the determined first special symbol The above-described LEDs are illuminated according to the pattern. As a result, the stop display of the first special figure is performed.
Also, when the special symbol (second special symbol) is determined based on the entry of the gaming ball into the second start winning hole 16, the above-described LED of the second special symbol display device 31 starts blinking display, and then When the fluctuation time has passed, the blinking display of the LED ends, and the above-mentioned LED is lit and displayed according to the lighting pattern corresponding to the determined second special figure. As a result, the stop display of the second special figure is performed.

Here, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot, after the special game is completed, the jackpot determined based on the winning of the jackpot is displayed. A game state is set according to the type of symbol. Further, when the special game is executed through the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning, after the special game is completed, the game according to the type of the small winning symbol determined based on the winning of the small winning. State is set. In addition, when the time saving grant is won during the normal game state, after the variable display of the special symbol based on the winning is completed, the game state is set according to the type of time saving design determined based on the time saving grant. be.
In this way, there is a possibility that a new game state is set according to the type of special symbols determined based on the winning lottery, and when a new game state is set, the type of this game state is determined. Therefore, the player's interest in the determined special symbol type is high. Therefore, there are many players who determine the type of the stopped special symbol by checking the lighting pattern of the LEDs of the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31 .

By the way, all of the jackpot symbols, the small winning symbols, and the time-saving symbols are displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol until the above-mentioned stop display time elapses and the next special symbol variation display is started. It is stopped and displayed on the display device 31 .
When the jackpot pattern (one of X1 to X12) is determined, a special game based on the determination is executed after the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, and when the special game ends, the first special random number Or, when the second special symbol random number is stored, the variable display of the next special symbol is started. Therefore, the jackpot symbols are stopped and displayed until the special game ends even after the stop display time has passed.
Similarly, for example, when a small winning pattern (any of Y5 to Y9) is determined, a small winning game based on the determination is executed after the above-described stop display time has elapsed, and further, the small winning game When the special game is executed via , if the first special symbol random number or the second special symbol random number is stored when the special game ends, the variable display of the next special symbol is started. Therefore, when the special game is executed through the small winning game, the small winning symbol is stopped and displayed until the special game executed through the small winning game is completed even after the above-described stop display time has elapsed. It will be done.
On the other hand, if the time-saving pattern (any of J1 to J3) is determined during the normal game state, the first special random number or the second special random number when the above-mentioned stop display time elapses When stored, the variable display of the next special symbol is started. Here, as long as the number of reservations (the first number of reservations, the number of the second reservations) does not reach the upper limit, the player often continues to launch the game ball, so the stop display time has elapsed. When you do, there is a high possibility that the first special random number or the second special random number is stored. Therefore, when the time saving pattern is determined during the normal game state, there is a high possibility that the time saving pattern is stopped and displayed only until the stop display time elapses.

Then, when the time saving design is determined by winning the time saving award during the normal game state, the time saving design is stop-displayed for 0.5 seconds or 20 seconds (see FIG. 61), which is the stop display time.
On the other hand, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern is determined, the jackpot pattern is displayed for 0.5 seconds (see FIG. 61), which is a predetermined stop display time, and ends after the special game starts. Period until (opening time (10 seconds in this form), execution time of all round games (at least 30 seconds for 4 rounds, at least 80 seconds for 10 rounds), ending For a period of time (10 seconds in this embodiment), the display is stopped. Also, when a small hit is won and the above-mentioned small hit pattern (any of Y5 to Y9) is determined, the small hit pattern is displayed for 0.5 seconds (Fig. 61), which is a predetermined stop display time. In addition to the period from the start of the small hit game to the end (opening time (3 seconds in this form), execution time of the small hit game (about 2.5 seconds), ending time (0 in this form .5 seconds)), and is stopped during the period from the start of the special game to the end of the special game.
That is, when the time-saving design is determined during the normal game state, the time-saving design is stopped and displayed, when the big winning design or the small winning design is determined, the big winning design or the small winning design is stopped. shorter than the duration shown. Therefore, by checking the lighting pattern of the LEDs in the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31, the type of the time saving symbol determined during the normal game state is determined by the above-mentioned jackpot symbol. This is more difficult than discerning the type of the winning pattern or the type of the small winning symbol, and there is a possibility that the interest of the player may be reduced.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the types of jackpot symbols (12 types of jackpot symbols X1 to X12) that can be determined when winning a big win and the small winning symbols that can be determined when winning a small win are provided. It is set so that the types of time-saving patterns (three types of time-saving patterns J1-J3) that can be determined when winning the time-saving design are less than the types (9 types of small winning patterns Y1-Y9). .
As a result, when winning the time saving award, the type of lighting pattern of the LED that is lit and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 is the first special when winning the big hit or the small hit. Since it is less than the types of lighting patterns of the LEDs that are lit and displayed in the design display device 30 and the second special design display device 31, rather than discriminating the type of the big hit design and the type of the small hit design by the lighting pattern of the LED Also, since it is easier to discriminate the type of the time saving pattern, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, regarding the types of special symbols stopped and displayed on each special symbol display device, the types of jackpot symbols that can be determined when a jackpot is won, and when a small win is won. It is set so that the number of types of time-saving patterns that can be determined when winning the time-saving award is smaller than the types of small winning patterns that can be determined.
Specifically, in the first special symbol display device 30, six types (X1 to X6) of jackpot symbols can be stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won, and four types (X1 to X6) when a small win is won. Y1 to Y4) small winning symbols can be stopped and displayed, and two kinds of time saving symbols (J1, J2) can be stopped and displayed when winning the time saving award. In addition, in the second special symbol display device 31, six types (X7 to X12) of jackpot symbols can be stopped and displayed when a jackpot is won, and five types (Y5 to Y9) when a small hit is won. ) can be stop-displayed, and one type (J3) of time-saving patterns can be stop-displayed when winning the time-saving award.
As a result, in both the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31, when the type of lighting pattern of the LED that is lit and displayed when winning the time saving award wins a big hit or a small hit is less than the types of lighting patterns of the LEDs that are lit and displayed. Therefore, in any special symbol display device, it is easier to determine the type of the time-saving symbol than to determine the type of the big winning symbol or the type of the small winning symbol by the lighting pattern of the LED, so the interest of the player can be prevented from decreasing.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, regarding the types of special symbols associated with each setting content (game state to be set) based on the determination of the special symbols, the jackpot symbols that can be determined when the jackpot is won. The number of types of time-saving patterns that can be determined when winning a time-saving award is set to be smaller than the types of small winning patterns that can be determined when winning a small prize.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, six types of jackpot symbols (X1 to X3, X7 to X9) are provided so that the normal game state is set after the special game is finished. Six types of jackpot symbols (X4 to X6, X10 to X12) are provided so that the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A is set after the special game is finished, and the special game is executed through the small winning game. There are four types (Y1 to Y4) of small winning patterns that are determined not to be performed, and a special game is executed through a small winning game, and after the special game is completed, a low probability time-saving game state LJT2- There are 5 types (Y5 to Y9) of small winning symbols that are set so that A is set. One type of time-saving design (J1) is provided, and two types of time-saving design (J2, J3 ) is provided.
As a result, it is easier to determine the type of time-saving design than to determine the type of big hit design and the type of small hit design by the lighting pattern of the LED, and the setting content based on the determination of the special design is also determined. Since the time saving pattern is easier than the big winning pattern and the small winning pattern, it is possible to prevent the player from losing interest.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of types of jackpot symbols are provided for each game state set after the end of the special game, and a plurality of types of small prizes are provided depending on whether or not the special game is executed. Although symbols are provided, for example, a plurality of types of big winning symbols and small winning symbols may be provided for each number of round games executed during the special game.
Specifically, a plurality of types of jackpot symbols are provided that specify that round games will be played 3 times during the special game, and a jackpot symbol that specifies that round games will be played 10 times during the special game. A plurality of types may be provided. In addition, a plurality of types of small winning symbols are provided to the effect that 3 round games are executed during the special game through the small winning game, and 10 round games are executed during the special game through the small winning game. A plurality of types of small winning symbols with a specific purpose may be provided.
Then, even when set as described above, the type of jackpot pattern that can be determined when winning a big win or the type of small winning pattern that can be determined when winning a small win. You may set so that the kind of the time-saving design which can be determined may become fewer in a case.

(Overview of processing in pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, regarding the outline of the processing executed by the main control board 100 with the progress of the special game, the general game, the small winning game and the special game described above, using a flowchart centering on the points different from the first form to explain. It should be noted that processing that is the same as the first embodiment or processing that is substantially the same as the first embodiment and that a person skilled in the art can understand the implementation method (application method to this embodiment) of the first embodiment are assigned the same step numbers, and the description thereof is omitted in principle.

First, the special area detection processing for performing predetermined processing based on the game ball entering the special area will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG. This special area detection process is executed instead of the specific area detection process of the first form (see FIG. 26).
At step 670-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a small winning game is being played. Then, when it is determined that the small winning game is not being performed, the special area detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the small game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 671-1.
In step 671-1, the main CPU 101 receives a detection signal from a special area detection sensor (not particularly shown) connected to the main control board 100 and detecting the entry of a game ball into the special area a predetermined number of times (this embodiment Then, it is determined whether or not the input has been made (once). If it is determined that the detection signal from the special area detection sensor has not been input a predetermined number of times, the special area detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the special area detection sensor has been input a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672-2.
At step 672-2, the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the special area. Then, the special area detection process ends.

Next, special symbol fluctuation start processing (step 701 (see FIG. 27) of special symbol related control processing) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 801-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether the first special random number or the second special random number is stored in the reserved storage area, that is, the first reserved number counter is "1" or more or the second reserved number It is determined whether or not the counter is "1" or more. If it is determined that any one of them is stored, the process proceeds to step 803-1. On the other hand, if it is determined that none of them are stored, the process proceeds to step 812 for performing customer waiting determination processing.
At step 803-1, the main CPU 101 executes shift processing of the reserved storage area. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and each random number stored in the second storage unit to the eighth storage unit is stored. is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number. As a result, each random number stored in the reserved storage area is used in the so-called first-in, first-out (FIFO) process for determining whether or not it is correct. Then, the process proceeds to step 805 for performing processing related to the fluctuation number counter.

Next, the propriety determination process (step 806 (see FIGS. 28 and 63) of the special symbol variation start process) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when it is determined that the jackpot is not won, before executing the time reduction grant propriety determination process (step 853) for determining whether or not the time reduction grant is won, the small win is won. It is designed to execute a small hit right or wrong determination process to determine whether or not.

Specifically, when it is determined in step 851 that the jackpot has not been won, the process proceeds to step 852-1.
In step 852-1, the main CPU 101 selects the success/failure random number determination table 110 and the success/failure random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803-1 (the same success/failure random number as the target of determination in the jackpot success/failure determination process). Random number) and determines whether or not to win a small hit (that is, to determine whether a small hit is right or wrong). Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning a small prize from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-described hit/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a small win has been won, and when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a small win has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 852-2.
At step 852-2, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the small win success/failure determination process executed at step 852-1 is a winning of a small win (that is, whether or not a small win has been won). do. And when it is determined that the small winning is not won (non-winning of the small winning), the process proceeds to step 853 for performing the time reduction granting propriety determination process. On the other hand, if it is determined that a small win has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 852-3.
At step 852 - 3 , the main 101 stores information indicating that a small win has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

Next, special symbol variation stop processing (step 702 (see FIG. 27) of special symbol related control processing) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1003-1, the main CPU 101 executes a game state setting process at the time of stop display for performing a process relating to the setting of the game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003-2.
At step 1003-2, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B) has been set at step 1003-1. And when it determines with the setting of the time saving game state having been performed, it progresses to step 1004 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the time-saving gaming state is not set, the process proceeds to the next step 1003-3.

At step 1003-3, the main CPU 101 executes a residual variation frequency update process for updating the first residual variation frequency and the second residual variation frequency.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the first time-saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the time-saving game state JT1 (low probability time-saving game state LJT1), or the current game state is the time-saving game state JT2 (low Probability of time saving game state LJT2-A, low probability of time saving game state LJT2-B) to determine whether the second time saving game flag is turned on. When it is determined that the first time-saving game flag is turned on, both the first residual variation frequency and the second residual variation frequency are decremented by 1 when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, and the second special symbol is stopped. When displayed, only the second residual variation count is decremented by one. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second time-saving game flag is turned on, both the first remaining variation number and the second remaining variation number are decremented by 1 when the second special figure is stopped and displayed, When one special figure is stopped and displayed, only the second remaining variation frequency is decremented by one. In addition, when one of the above-mentioned first remaining variation times and second remaining variation times is updated, it becomes "0" (that is, when the time saving end condition that the time saving game state ends is satisfied), ON A process of turning off the first time-saving game flag or the second time-saving game flag that has been set is executed. As a result, the time-saving game state JT1 or the time-saving game state JT2 being set is ended, and the non-time-saving game state (normal game state) is set. In addition, when neither the first time saving game flag nor the second time saving game flag is turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing here. Then, the process proceeds to step 1004 for determining and setting the stop display time.

Next, the game state setting processing at the time of stop display in step 1003-1 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1050, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a time-saving symbol. Then, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a time-saving symbol (that is, it is a big winning symbol, a small winning symbol, or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1053 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is the time-saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1051 .
At step 1051, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the normal gaming state. Then, when it is determined that it is not the normal gaming state (that is, the low probability short working hours gaming state LJT1, the low probability short working hours gaming state LJT2-A or the low probability short working hours gaming state LJT2-B), the game state setting process at the time of stop display is terminated. do. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current game state is the normal game state, the process proceeds to the next step 1052 .

In step 1052, the main CPU 101 executes a time-saving game state setting process for setting a game state according to the time-saving symbols stopped and displayed.
Specifically, when the stop-displayed time saving symbol is J1, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time saving game flag and stores the first time saving number of times "300" in the first time saving number storage area. ”, set “305” which is the second time saving number of times in the second time saving number storage area, and set “1” which is the end determination number of times in the end determination number storage area. Thereby, the setting of the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is performed.
Further, when the stop-displayed time saving pattern is J2 or J3, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time saving game flag and stores the first time saving number of times "1" in the first time saving number storage area. , set the second time saving number of times "6" in the second time saving number storage area, and set the end determination number "5" in the end determination number storage area. As a result, the low-probability gaming state LJT2-B is set.
Then, the game state setting process at the time of stop display ends.

Further, in step 1053, which is advanced when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1050 is not the time saving symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether the special symbol stopped and displayed is the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2. determine whether Then, when it is determined that the special symbols stopped and displayed are neither the small winning symbols Y1 nor Y2, the game state setting process at the time of stop display is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2, the process proceeds to the next step 1054 .
At step 1054, the main CPU 101 executes a balance win determination count update process for updating the balance win determination count. Specifically, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of balance win determinations by one when the number of balance win determinations is one or more. On the other hand, if the number of times the balance hit is determined is 0, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing here. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1055 .

In step 1055, the main CPU 101 determines whether the current gaming state is a time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, or low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B). . When it is determined that the game state is not the time-saving game state (that is, the game state is the normal game state), the game state setting process at the time of stop display is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the current gaming state is the time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 1056 .
In step 1056, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the number of determinations of the balance win is 0 because the number of determinations of the balance win is decremented by 1 in the above-described step 1054 (that is, the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2). has reached the end determination count). Then, when it is determined that the number of remaining small hits is not 0, the game state setting process at the time of stop display is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of times of determining the balance hit has become 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1057 .

At step 1057, the main CPU 101 executes normal game state setting processing for ending the time saving game state being set and setting the normal game state. Specifically, both the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off, and the first time saving number storage area, the second time saving number storage area and the end determination number storage area are cleared. As a result, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B being set ends, and the normal gaming state (non-time-saving gaming state) is set. Then, the game state setting process at the time of stop display ends.

Next, the post-stop process (step 703 (see FIG. 27) of the special figure-related control process) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when it is determined that the special symbols stopped and displayed are not the jackpot symbols, it is determined whether or not the special symbols stopped and displayed are the small winning symbols. ing.

Specifically, when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1105 is not a big hit symbol, the process proceeds to step 1111-1.
At step 1111-1, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a small winning symbol. When it is determined that the stop-displayed special symbol is not a small win symbol (that is, it is a time-saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1115 for storing the game state command in the performance transmission data storage area. On the other hand, when it is determined that the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1111-2.
In step 1111-2, the main CPU 101 sets the small winning opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the small winning game, to the small winning opening time timer counter, and the opening processing in the small winning game is started. A small winning opening command indicating is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1111-3.

At step 111-3, the main CPU 101 sets "05" to the execution phase data so that the small winning game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Although not particularly shown, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment has a small winning game control process for controlling a small winning game as a functional module constituting the special figure related control process. The execution phase data indicating execution of processing is "05". By setting "05" to the execution phase data as described above, the small winning game control process is executed. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the small hit game control processing (function modules (not shown in particular) constituting the special figure related control processing) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 68 .
At step 1250, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "05" indicating execution of the small winning game control process. And when it determines with execution phase data not being "05", it ends small hit game control processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "05", the process proceeds to the next step 1251. FIG.
At step 1251, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the small winning opening time set in the small winning opening time timer counter at step 1111-2 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the small winning opening time has not passed, the small winning game control processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the small winning opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1252 .

At step 1252, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a small winning ending process, which is a waiting process performed after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 in the small winning game control process, is in progress. Then, when it is determined that the small winning ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1256 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the small winning ending process is not in progress, the process proceeds to the next step 1253 .
At step 1253, the main CPU 101 opens and closes the big prize opening 18 based on the special electric role product operation table 112 (the third operation table 112f or the fourth operation table 112g) corresponding to the type of the small winning symbol stopped and displayed. The big winning opening opening/closing control process is performed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1254 .

At step 1254, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 have been completed. Then, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is not completed, the small winning game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is finished, the process proceeds to the next step 1255 .
In step 1255, the main CPU 101 sets a small winning ending time, which is a waiting time set at the end of the small winning game, to a small winning ending time timer counter, and sets a small winning ending time indicating that a small winning ending process is started. The command is stored in the production transmission data storage area. Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

In addition, in step 1256, which proceeds when it is determined that the small winning ending process is in progress in step 1252 described above, the main CPU 101 determines whether the small winning ending time set in the small winning ending time timer counter in step 1255 has elapsed. determine whether or not And when it determines with the said small hit ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes a small hit game control process. On the other hand, when it is determined that the small winning ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1257 .
At step 1257, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the entry flag is on. If it is determined that the entry flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 1264 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is ON, the process proceeds to the next step 1259 .

At step 1259, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag. Then, go to the next step 1260 .
At step 1260, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1261 .

At step 1261, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is to start. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1262 .
At step 1262, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the types of the small winning symbols that are stopped and displayed. In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the small winning symbols Y5, Y6, Y7, Y8 or Y9 are stopped and displayed, a predetermined number of game balls can enter the special area during the small winning game, The entry flag can be turned on. In this case, the main CPU 101 sets "10" as the number of rounds. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1263 .
At step 1263, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "03" so that the special game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Further, in step 1264 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined that the entry flag is not turned on in step 1258, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state and stores the game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data. store in the area. Also, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Next, special game processing (step 706 (see FIG. 27) of special figure related control processing) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 1301-1, to which the execution phase data is data "04" indicating execution of special game end processing in step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines that the stopped special symbol is a predetermined jackpot symbol (jackpot symbol X4). , X5, X6, X10, X11, X12) or predetermined small winning symbols (small winning symbols Y5, Y6, Y7, Y9). Then, when it is determined that the stopped and displayed special symbol is neither a predetermined big winning symbol nor a predetermined small winning symbol, the process proceeds to step 1304-2. On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a predetermined big winning symbol or small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1304-1.
At step 1304-1, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving game state setting process for setting a time saving game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the second time saving game flag, sets the first time saving number "6" in the first time saving number storage area, and sets the second time saving number storage area to the second time saving number storage area. "11", which is the number of times, is set, and "5", which is the number of determined times to end, is set in the determined end times storage area. As a result, the low-probability gaming state LJT2-A is set. Then, the process proceeds to step 1306 for storing the game state designating command in the effect transmission data storage area.

In addition, in step 1304-2, which proceeds when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 1301-1 is neither a predetermined big winning symbol nor a predetermined small winning symbol, the main CPU 101 returns to the normal game state. A normal game state setting process for setting is executed. Specifically, both the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off, and the first time saving number storage area, the second time saving number storage area and the end determination number storage area are cleared. Thereby, the setting of the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) is performed. Then, the process proceeds to step 1306 for storing the game state designating command in the effect transmission data storage area.

(Summary of variation effect in pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
Next, the variation effect executed by the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment will be described, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

(1) During a normal game state In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the RAM is cleared, or a jackpot is won and jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X7, X8 or X9 are determined, and a special game is played based on the determination. is completed, or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, when the time-saving end condition is met, the normal The game state is set, and the effect state is set to the normal effect state similar to the first form.

When the RAM is cleared and the normal game state is set, and when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X7, X8 or X9 are determined and the special game based on the determination is completed, The same effect control (display of the first background image, execution of chance zone stay suggestion, execution of left-hand hitting suggestion, etc.) as in the case where the normal game state is set in the first form is performed.

When the time-saving end condition is satisfied during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 ends and the normal game state is set, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, as described later, Since the first background image is displayed in the same manner as in the first mode, this first background image is continuously displayed. Also, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, since the game ball toward the first game area 12a is launched in the same manner as during the normal gaming state, the left-handed suggestion is not performed. Also, as in the first form, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, there are both when the chance zone stay suggestion is being performed and when it is not being performed, but the normal gaming state is set as described above. Then, the suggestion to stay in the chance zone is executed.

By the way, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b and the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 at a high frequency. Since the ball is played, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B ends when the normal game state is set due to the establishment of the time-saving end condition, and the second special random number is reserved. likely to be remembered.
Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the time-saving end condition is satisfied during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or low probability When the time-saving game state LJT2-B is completed and the normal game state is set, the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol remaining suspension) stored at the time of this setting. Until the end of the variable display, the same effect control as during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or during the low probability time-saving game state LJT2-B before the normal game state is set (display of the third background image, etc.) is done. Then, when the variable display of the special symbol based on the second special symbol remaining reservation is completed, the same production control as when the normal game state is set in the first form (display of the first background image, execution of the chance zone stay suggestion , execution of left hitting suggestion, etc.) are performed.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the normal game state (when it is lost by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), the result of the winning lottery is lost during the normal game state in the first form. Fluctuation production is executed by the same control and mode as when it becomes. When the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined during the normal game state (when the jackpot is won by lottery based on the first special random number), normal in the first form The variation performance is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the winning lottery during the game state is the winning of the jackpot. If the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the normal game state (when the time-saving grant is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), in the first form, the winning lottery during the normal game state As a result, the variable performance is executed by the same control and mode as when the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined as the result of winning the time saving award.

Also, although not shown in particular, when the small winning pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the normal game state (when the small winning is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number) In the first form, when the result of the win/loss lottery is lost during the normal game state, the variation performance is executed by the normal non-winning variation pattern.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the stop display mode of the effect symbols 50 when a small winning symbol is determined is set to be the non-winning mode of the first mode, but is limited to this. Instead, a stop display mode different from the non-winning mode and the winning mode may be used.

Also, if the winning lottery based on the second special random number (second special random number reserved) is performed during the normal game state (that is, the winning lottery based on the second special random number during the normal game state will result in a loss) When the symbol Z2 is determined, a jackpot is won by a winning lottery based on the second special random number during the normal game state. In the case where a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and the small winning pattern Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is decided, and during the normal game state, a lottery based on the second special random number shortens the time. In both cases, when the award is won and the time saving pattern J3 is determined), the variable performance by the special pattern A is performed.

In this special pattern A, the variable display of the special symbols is started and the variable display of all the production patterns 50 is started. The production patterns 50 are stopped and displayed all at once). Then, in the variable effect by the special pattern A, along with the variable display of the effect pattern 50, the entire surface of the display unit 21a is displayed based on the operation of pressing the operation button 9b by the player, and the button pressing operation effect suggesting the result of the winning lottery. is executed.

Specifically, in the button-pressing operation effect, when the variable display of the effect symbol 50 is started, a pressing-down operation effect execution image (for example, a character image such as "one-shot chance") indicating that the button-pressing operation effect is to be executed is displayed. ), and an image for explaining the button-pressing operation effect (for example, a character image such as "Press the button to finish with a single blow!") is displayed (see FIG. 70(b)). After that, a pressing operation suggestion image for prompting the pressing operation of the operation button 9b is displayed (see FIG. 70(c)). Then, the operation button 9b is pressed until the pressing operation effective time (for example, 3 seconds) for which the pressing operation of the operation button 9b is valid elapses, or the operation button 9b is pressed without being pressed. When the operation effective time elapses, if the result of the win/fail lottery is a big win or a small win, a special winning suggestion (for example, display of a special winning suggestion image "BONUS!!") ) is performed, and if the result of the lottery is the winning of the short time grant, a special short time grant suggestion that suggests that effect (for example, the display of a special medium short time grant winning suggestion image such as “Super Time !!” ) is performed, and if the result of the lottery is a loss, a special loss suggestion (for example, display of a special loss suggestion image "LOSE ...", etc.) is performed (Fig. 70 ( d) to (f)).
In addition, in the button pressing operation effect, it is set so that the same mode of special middle hit suggestion is performed regardless of whether the result of the lottery is a big win or a small win, but it is limited to this. Instead, it is also possible to suggest different modes of special middle winning suggestions when winning a small win and when winning a big win.

(2) During the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 In the pachinko machine P according to this form, when the time-saving design J1 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by the winning lottery based on the first special random number during the normal game state, the low probability A time saving game state LJT1 is set, and the effect state is set to a low probability time saving effect state A1 similar to the first form. Also, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the RAM is not cleared during the low-probability time-saving production state A1 and the power failure is restored, the production state is the same low-probability time-saving production state A2 as in the first form. is set to Then, during the low-probability time-saving production state A2, the time-saving grant is elected by the winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, or the time-saving granting is elected by the winning lottery based on the second special random number. Then, when the time saving pattern J3 is determined, the performance state is set to the low probability time saving performance state A1.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, even if the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b, the game ball does not enter the second start winning opening 16. , Basically, the winning lottery based on the second special random number is not performed during this low probability time saving gaming state LJT1. However, for example, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the first special random number is stored withholding, and further the second In the case where the game ball enters the 2 start winning opening 16 and the second special random number is retained and stored, the low probability time saving game state LJT2-A or the low probability time saving game state LJT2-B ends and the normal game state After the is set, a lottery is performed based on the first special random number that has been retained and stored as described above, and when the time saving pattern J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant, then the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is set. Therefore, during the set low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, a winning lottery based on the second special random number stored during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is performed. sometimes

(2-1) During the low-probability time-saving production state A1 As described above, by determining the time-saving pattern J1 during the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 is set, and the production state is the same as the first form. When the low-probability reduction of working hours production state A1 is set, the low-probability reduction of working hours gaming state LJT1 is set in the first form, and the same production control (chance zone end of the stay suggestion, continuation of the display of the first background image, non-execution of the left-handed suggestion, etc.) are performed.

Also, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low probability time saving production state A1 (when it is lost by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), in the first form during the low probability time saving production state A1 A variation effect is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the lottery is a loss. When the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined during the low-probability time-saving production state A1 (when the jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special random number), the first In the form, the variation performance is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving performance state A1. When the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving production state A1 (when the time-saving grant is elected by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), the low-probability time-saving production state in the first form The variable performance is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the winning lottery during A1 is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined.

Also, although not shown in particular, when the small winning pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the low probability time saving production state A1 (the small winning lottery based on the first special random number case), the variation production by the normal non-winning variation pattern executed during the low probability time saving production state A1 in the first form is executed.

Also, if the lottery based on the second special random number (second special remaining reservation) is performed during the low probability time saving production state A1 (that is, based on the second special random number during the low probability time saving production state A1 If the winning lottery loses and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the winning lottery based on the second special random number during the low-probability time-saving production state A1 will win the jackpot and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 will be selected. If it is determined, a small hit will be won by the winning lottery based on the second special random number during the low probability time saving production state A1, and if the small winning pattern Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and the low probability time saving production During the state A1, when the winning of the time saving provision is made by the winning lottery based on the second special random number and the time saving pattern J3 is decided), the variable performance by the special pattern A is performed in the same way as during the normal game state. .
In addition, in the same way as during the normal game state, in the button pressing operation effect, if a loss is made, a special mid-loss suggestion is made, and if a big win or a small win is won, a special mid-win suggestion is made. is done. On the other hand, even if you win the time saving effect state A1 (during the low probability time saving game state LJT1), a new time saving game state will not be set, so if you win the time saving effect , there is no suggestion of giving a special middle time reduction, and a suggestion of a special middle loss is made.

(2-2) During the low-probability reduction of working hours production state A2 A power interruption occurs during the low-probability reduction of working hours production state A1, and recovery from the electricity interruption occurs without performing RAM clear processing (normal power interruption recovery processing is executed), When the performance state is set to the low-probability time-saving performance state A2 while the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 remains as it is, the performance control is the same as when the performance state is set to the low-probability time-saving performance state A2 in the first form. (execution of suggestion to stay in chance zone, display of first background image, etc.) is performed.

Also, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low probability time saving production state A2 (when it is lost by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), in the first form during the low probability time saving production state A2 A variation effect is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the lottery is a loss. When the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined during the low-probability time-saving production state A2 (when the jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special random number), the first In the form, the variation performance is executed by the same control and mode as when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot during the low-probability time-saving performance state A2. When the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving production state A2 (when the time-saving grant is elected by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), the low-probability time-saving production state in the first form During A2, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined, and the variable performance is executed by the same control and mode.

Also, although not shown in particular, when the small winning pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the low probability time saving production state A2 (the small winning lottery based on the first special random number case), the variation production by the normal non-winning variation pattern executed during the low probability time saving production state A2 in the first form is executed.

Also, if the lottery based on the second special random number (second special remaining reservation) is performed during the low probability time saving production state A2 (that is, based on the second special random number during the low probability time saving production state A2 If the winning lottery results in a loss and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the winning lottery based on the second special random number will win the jackpot during the low probability time-saving production state A2, and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 will be selected. If it is determined, a small hit will be won by the winning lottery based on the second special random number during the low probability time saving production state A2, and if the small winning pattern Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is decided, and the low probability time saving production In the state A2, if the winning of the time saving grant is elected by the winning lottery based on the second special random number and the time saving pattern J3 is decided), as in the normal game state and the low probability time saving production state A1, special Variation production by pattern A is performed.
In addition, as in the normal game state and the low-probability time-saving production state A1, in the button-pressing operation production, if there is a loss, a special middle-loss suggestion is made, and a big win or a small win is won. A special hit suggestion is made if On the other hand, even if you win the time saving effect state A2 (during the low probability time saving game state LJT1), a new time saving game state will not be set, so if you win the time saving effect In the same way as in the low-probability time-saving production state A1, the special medium-shortening time provision suggestion is not performed, and the special medium-losing suggestion is performed.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, although not particularly illustrated, when the variable production executed at the time when the time saving end condition is satisfied during the low probability time saving game state LJT1 is completed, the normal game state is set A normal game state setting suggestion effect (for example, display of a specific character image, etc.) is executed to suggest that the game will be played.
As a result, for example, because it was in the low probability time saving production state A2, even if it is not possible to grasp which one is in the normal game state or in the low probability time saving game state LJT1, the low probability time saving game state It is possible to let the player know that the LJT1 is finished and the normal game state is set.

(3) During low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2 (during low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the time-saving design J2 is determined by winning the time-saving grant by lottery based on the first special random number during the normal game state, or the second special-character random number is determined during the normal game state. When time-saving design J3 is determined by success/fail lottery, a low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B is set, and the performance state is set to a low-probability time-saving performance state B-1. Also, a big win is won and a big win pattern X4, X5, X6, X10, X11 or X12 is determined and the special game based on the decision is terminated, or a small win is won and a small win pattern Y5, Y6, Y7 or Y8 is ended. is determined and the special game executed through the small winning game based on the determination ends, the low probability time saving game state LJT2-A is set, and the production state is the low probability time saving game state LJT2-B. It is set to the same low probability time saving production state B-1 as in the case.

As described above, when the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set, and the production state is set to the low-probability time-saving production state B-1, the first form In the same production control as when the low-probability time-saving production state B is set (if the chance zone stay suggestion is performed, the end of the chance zone stay suggestion, display of the third background image, high advantageous state setting suggestion execution, execution of hitting to right, etc.) are performed (see FIG. 70(a)).

Here, as described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the first special random number that is retained and stored before the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set is , Low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is processed after setting (winning lottery, fluctuation display of the first special figure is executed).
Then, if the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-B (if it is lost by the winning lottery based on the first special random number), low probability When the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 or X6 is determined during the time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B If it becomes), when the small winning pattern Y1, Y2, Y3 or Y4 is determined during the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-A or in the low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-B (right or wrong based on the first special random number If a small hit is won by lottery), and if the time-saving pattern J1 or J2 is determined during the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B (first special random number If you win a time-saving grant by a lottery based on), a variable effect by special pattern B will be performed.

In this special pattern B, similarly to the special pattern A, the variable display of the special symbols is started, and the variable display of all the performance symbols 50 is started. Although it is a mode that it ends all at once (all the performance patterns 50 are stopped and displayed all at once), in the variable performance by the special pattern B, the button pressing operation performance is not executed. Then, without executing the button pressing operation effect, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, the above-mentioned special medium losing suggestion is performed, and if a big win is won, a special medium winning suggestion is performed. will be On the other hand, even if you win the time-saving game state during the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving game state LJT2-B, a new time-saving game state will not be set. When it becomes election of time reduction provision, the special middle time reduction provision suggestion is not performed, and the special middle loss suggestion is performed. In addition, even when the result of the win/fail lottery is the winning of a small prize, the suggestion of a special prize is not made, but the suggestion of a loss in the special prize is given.

Also, if the winning lottery based on the second special random number is performed during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B (that is, during the low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or low If the winning pattern Z2 is determined by the winning lottery based on the second special random number during the probability shortening gaming state LJT2-B, during the low probability shortening gaming state LJT2-A or during the low probability shortening gaming state LJT2-B If the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the second special random number and the jackpot pattern X7, X8, X9, X10, X11 or X12 is determined, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2- If a small hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number during B and a small hit pattern Y5, Y6, Y8 or Y9 is determined, and during the low probability time saving game state LJT2-A or low probability time saving game In the state LJT2-B, if the short-time award is won by the winning lottery based on the second special random number and the short-time pattern J3 is decided), either during the normal game state, the low-probability short-time production state A1, or the low probability As in the time-saving production state A2, a variable production by the special pattern A is performed.
In addition, during the normal game state, as in the low-probability time-saving production state A1 and the low-probability time-saving production state A2, in the button-pressing operation production, if there is a loss, a special middle-loss suggestion is made, and the jackpot When winning or winning a small win, a special middle win suggestion is made. On the other hand, when the time saving grant is elected, as in the low probability time saving production state A1 and the low probability time saving production state A2, no special medium time saving suggestion is performed, and a special medium losing suggestion is performed. It is designed to be

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as time saving end conditions for ending the time saving gaming state, the number of times of variable display of special symbols (number of times of fluctuation of special symbols), time saving related to special symbols such as the number of times of determination of small winning symbols Although the end condition is defined, it is not limited to this, and the time saving end condition regarding normal symbols such as the number of times of variable display of normal symbols (variation times of normal symbols) may be determined.

Specifically, for example, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A, low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B and low probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B are the number of fluctuations in the above-described first special figure and second special figure In addition to when the time-saving end condition is satisfied, the number of fluctuations of the normal pattern may be set to end when the time-saving end condition is satisfied that the normal pattern time-saving number of times has reached a predetermined number (for example, 5 times, etc.). . Further, when set in this way, not only the second game area 12b, but also the first game area 12a, the game ball can pass, and when the game ball passes, the lottery of the normal symbol and the normal A gate is provided through which the variable display of symbols is executed. In addition, in the first game area 12a, instead of the gate, the game ball can be entered, and when the game ball enters, the normal pattern lottery and the normal pattern fluctuation display are executed. A prize opening may be provided.
By doing so, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B that cause the player to play mainly in the second game area 12b, mainly to the second start winning port 16 Not only does the time-saving end condition regarding the number of times of variable display of the special symbol (second special symbol) performed by the entry of the game ball be satisfied, but also the gate 20 provided mainly in the second game area 12b is operated by the game ball Even when the time-saving end condition regarding the number of times of variable display of normal symbols that are performed by passing is satisfied, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B being set are terminated, and normal A game state is set.
In addition, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 that causes the player to play the game mainly in the first game area 12a, a special symbol (first special figure ) Not only does the time saving end condition regarding the number of times of variable display be satisfied, but also by the game ball passing through the gate provided mainly in the first game area 12a (or the game ball enters the normal figure start winning opening Even when the time-saving end condition regarding the number of variations of normal symbols performed (by balling) is satisfied, the low-probability time-saving game state LJT1 being set is ended, and the normal game state is set.
As described above, the variety of triggers for ending the time-saving gaming state is increased, so that the game performance is improved and the player's interest can be enhanced.

In addition, as described above, not only the time-saving end condition regarding the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols, but also when the time-saving end condition regarding the number of times of fluctuation of normal symbols is defined, the rest until the set time-saving gaming state ends Suggestion of the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols (first remaining number of fluctuations, second number of remaining fluctuations, etc.), and time-saving gaming state being set due to the number of times of fluctuation display of the remaining special symbols reaching 0 Although it is suggested that the normal game state has been set, the number of times of fluctuation display of the remaining normal symbols until the set time-saving game state ends, and the variation of the remaining normal symbols It may be possible not to suggest that the time-saving game state being set has ended and the normal game state has been set when the number of times of display reaches 0.例文帳に追加
In other words, although the success or failure of the time-saving end conditions for special symbols and the end of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving end conditions are not kept secret, the success or failure of the time-saving end conditions for normal symbols and the end of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving end conditions It may be made to be kept secret.
In this case, it is possible to make it difficult for the player to grasp when the time-saving game state being set ends and when it ends, so that the game performance is improved and the player's interest is improved. can increase

Also, in the above case, by suggesting the number of times the remaining special symbols are displayed until the set time-saving game state ends, and when the number of times the remaining special symbols are displayed has reached 0 It does not suggest that the time-saving game state being set has ended and the normal game state has been set, and further suggests the number of times of fluctuation display of the remaining normal symbols until the set time-saving game state ends, and It is also possible not to suggest that the time-saving game state being set is terminated and the normal game state is set when the number of times of variable display of the remaining normal symbols reaches 0.
That is, the success or failure of the time-saving end condition for special symbols and the end of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving end condition, and the success or failure of the time-saving end condition for normal symbols and the end of the time-saving game state based on the time-saving end condition are both confidential You may make it

In addition, in all the time-saving gaming states that can be set, instead of defining both the time-saving end conditions for special symbols and the time-saving end conditions for normal symbols, only in some time-saving gaming states, the time-saving end conditions for special symbols and normal Both of the time-saving end conditions regarding the symbols may be determined, and only the time-saving end conditions regarding the special symbols may be determined in other time-saving gaming states.
For example, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, both the time-saving end conditions regarding the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols and the time-saving end conditions regarding the number of times of normal symbol fluctuations are defined, and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and low probability time-saving games In the state LJT2-B, only the time-saving termination condition regarding the number of times of variable display of special symbols may be determined.
Also, for example, in the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A and the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B, both time-saving end conditions regarding the number of times of fluctuation display of special symbols and time-saving end conditions regarding the number of times of fluctuation of normal symbols are defined, In the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, only the time-saving end condition regarding the number of variable display of special symbols may be determined.
In this case, the trigger for ending the time-saving gaming state differs depending on the type of the time-saving gaming state, so that the game performance is improved and the player's interest can be enhanced.

Moreover, in the same time-saving game state, a plurality of time-saving end conditions relating to normal symbols may be determined.
For example, a time saving pattern J1-1 and a time saving pattern J1-2 are provided as time saving patterns for which the low probability time saving gaming state LJT1 is set, and the time saving pattern J1-1 is determined in the normal game state. The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 set based on is terminated by the normal symbol fluctuation frequency reaching the first normal figure time-saving number of times (for example, 5 times), and the time-saving design J1-2 in the normal game state. The low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1, which is set based on the determination, is set so that it ends when the number of fluctuations in the normal pattern reaches the second normal pattern time-saving number of times (for example, 10 times). good too.
In this case, since the same time-saving game state ends according to time-saving end conditions relating to different normal symbols, the game performance is improved, and the player's interest can be enhanced.

Also, even if both the time-saving end conditions for special symbols and the time-saving end conditions for normal symbols are defined, the time-saving end conditions for special symbols include not only the number of times of variable display of special symbols, but also the second form. The number of determinations of the small hit pattern may be determined.
In addition, as a time-saving end condition for normal patterns, not only the number of times of fluctuation display of normal patterns, but also the number of times that the normal pattern lottery has hit a predetermined number of times, and the number of times that the normal pattern lottery has lost has reached a predetermined number of times, and if the lottery of normal patterns is lost, one of the normal patterns is set to be determined, and the number of times the predetermined normal pattern is determined is set It may be determined that the number of times has been reached.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the winning lottery based on the first special random number, the lottery result of winning the jackpot, winning the small win, winning the time reduction award or losing is derived. , and the probability of winning the time saving grant was set to about 1/30, but it is not limited to this.
For example, the lottery result of winning the jackpot, winning the small win, or winning the short-time award is derived without deriving the lottery result of the loser, and then winning the big win or winning the small win It may be set so that all other than the hit/fail random number determined to be determined to be elected for time saving grant. In other words, it may be set so that when the jackpot is not elected and the small hit is not elected, the time-saving award is always elected.
In this case, since the time reduction grant is won with an extremely high probability, when the normal game state is set, the time reduction grant is almost won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number after the setting. Then, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 is set based on the determination of the time-saving design J1, or the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B is set based on the determination of the time-saving design J2. That is, only in the first winning lottery after setting the normal gaming state, it is possible to set the advantageous low probability time saving gaming state LJT2-B. , the playability can be improved.

It should be noted that the winning lottery based on the second special random number may be set in the same manner as described above.
Also, in the winning lottery of the pachinko machine in which the lottery result of winning the small prize is not derived but only the lottery result of the winning of the big prize and the reduction of working hours is derived, the setting may be made in the same manner as described above. Specifically, in the winning lottery, the lottery result of either the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the short-time award is derived without deriving the result of the losing lottery. It may be set so that all other than the success or failure random number is determined to be elected for the reduction of working hours. In other words, it may be set so that when the jackpot is not won, the time-saving award is always won.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the variable display of the special symbols is completed, after performing the processing related to the setting of the time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbols, by executing the remaining variation number update processing, In the time saving game state, the processing is performed so that the time saving pattern is stopped and displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, at the start of the variable display of special symbols, information such as the game state, the first remaining variation count, the second remaining variation count, etc., set at the start time is stored in a predetermined spare area of the main RAM 103. , When the variable display of the special symbols is completed, the information stored in the spare area is stored in a predetermined storage area. Then, when the stopped and displayed special symbol is a time-saving symbol, the game state information set at the start of the variable display of the special symbol among the information stored in the predetermined storage area is referred to. , If the game state is the time saving game state, processing may be performed so that the time saving symbol is stopped and displayed in the time saving game state.
Even in such a case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment can be obtained.

In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the variable display of the special symbols is completed (at the time of the stop display of the special symbols), processing for setting the time-saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbols, and update processing for the number of remaining variations. was running, but it is not limited to this.
For example, when the variable display of the special symbols is completed and the stop display time has elapsed, the process for setting the time-saving game state based on the stop display of the time-saving symbols and the remaining variation count update process may be executed. And, even in this case, when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed, after performing the processing related to the setting of the time saving gaming state based on the stop display of the time saving pattern, By executing the remaining variation number update process , It may be processed so that the time saving pattern is stopped and displayed in the time saving game state.
Even in such a case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment can be obtained.

(others)
(1) If multiple set values are provided, the probability of winning the time saving grant may be the same for any set value, or the probability of winning the time saving grant may differ depending on the set value You may do so.
In addition, it is set to win the time reduction grant in both the win-or-fail lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize-winning port 15 and the win-fail lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize-winning port 16. Alternatively, it may be set so as to be elected for time saving only in one of the lotteries. The probability of winning the time-saving grant in the lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize-winning port 15 and the probability of winning the time-saving grant in the win-fail lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize-winning port 16.例文帳に追加may be the same as or different from.
In addition, the number of times of time saving may be set differently according to the set game state and the type of time saving design determined when time saving is won. In addition, the set game state and the number of times of time reduction determined according to the type of time reduction pattern determined when winning the time reduction grant may be 0 times, or be sure to be 1 time or more. good too.
In addition, when setting a different number of time-saving patterns for each time-saving pattern to be determined, the probability of determining the number of time-saving patterns and the number of time-saving patterns is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning a jackpot in the winning lottery, and the gambling property becomes too high. (For example, the probability of winning a jackpot in a low-probability gaming state (for a pachinko machine with multiple stages of set values, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot in a low-probability gaming state) is 1/P In the case of , the number of times of time saving ≤ P × specific coefficient A, the decision probability of the time saving pattern ≤ P × specific coefficient B) may be satisfied.
Further, a plurality of conditions may be set for ending the time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the time-saving design. For example, the number of times of variable display of special symbols based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the number of times of variable display of special symbols based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 are predetermined times. (time saving number of times C1), or the number of times of variable display of special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches a predetermined number of times (time saving number of times C2) You may set so that a time saving game state may be complete|finished when conditions are satisfy|filled. In addition, when it is set in this way, the number of times of time saving C1 and the number of times of time saving C2, which is larger, is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery as described above, and the gambling property is high. It may be set to a value within a range that does not become too much.

(2) It may be set so that both the winning of time saving grant and the determination of the number of time saving times can be determined by a win or loss lottery using a win or fail random number. That is, the determination of the winning of the time saving provision and the number of times of time saving may be performed by the same random number and the same process, rather than by separate random numbers and separate processes.

(3) If you win the time saving game state during the low probability time saving game state LJT1 or the low probability time saving game state LJT2 set based on the winning time saving game state, the time saving game state will be renewed based on the winning. While setting, you may reset the number of times of time saving associated with the determined time saving pattern. Moreover, instead of resetting the number of times of time saving associated with the time saving pattern, the number of times of time saving may be added to the remaining number of times of time saving at the time point.
In addition, the number of time reductions set based on the winning of the time reduction design may be predetermined for each type of time reduction design, or may be predetermined for each type of time reduction design and the set game state. good.

(4) If a game state that combines a high-probability game state and a non-time-saving game state can be set, when the winning of the time-saving grant is determined during the game state and the time-saving design is determined, You may make it set a time saving game state based on the said determination.

(5) In a pachinko machine capable of setting the game state after the special game based on the winning of a jackpot to a high-probability game state, the game state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot in the low-probability game state is high. The probability A1 of being set to the probability gaming state, and the probability A2 of being set to the high probability gaming state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot during the high probability gaming state, They may be set to have the same value, or may be set to have different values.
In addition, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 are set to be the same value regardless of the type of special random numbers (first special random number, second special random number) used in the winning lottery Alternatively, it may be set to a different value depending on the type of special random number. Further, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special symbol determined when winning the jackpot, or may be set according to the type of special symbol. It may be set to a different value. Also, different values may be set according to the type of special symbol random number used for the lottery and the type of special symbol determined when winning the jackpot.
When set in this way, the probability that the high probability game state is set through the execution of the special game from the low probability game state, the high probability game state again through the execution of the special game from the high probability game state The variation of the probability that is set becomes abundant, and the game properties that can be provided to the player can be made rich in variation.

(6) A value of 1 as the decision probability B for ending the high-probability game state and setting the low-probability game state in a pachinko machine that can end the high-probability game state and set the low-probability game state by a fall lottery. Only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
Then, if only one value is provided, the falling lottery is always performed with that value, and if multiple values are provided, depending on the situation (for example, a special Falling lottery may be performed with either value (depending on the number of fluctuations in the design, the type of the start winning opening into which the game ball entered, etc.).
In addition, the decision probability B is the same value regardless of the set game state (high probability non-time-saving game state combining high-probability time-saving game state, high-probability game state, and non-time-saving game state) can be set as In addition, the determination probability B may be set to the same value regardless of the type of special random number (first special random number, second special random number) used for the winning lottery, You may set so that it may become a different value according to the kind of special random number. In addition, the determination probability B may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special design (losing design) determined in the case of a loss, or may be set to be the same value depending on the type of special design. You can set it to be a value. Also, different values may be set according to the set game state, the type of special symbol random number used for the win/loss lottery, and the type of special symbol determined in the case of loss.
In the case of setting in this manner, the variation of the probability that the high-probability game state is terminated and the low-probability game state is set becomes abundant, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player are also rich in variation. can.

It should be noted that the various settings and controls of the above-described forms and modifications may be combined with each other within a range that does not cause contradiction.
Also, the special game in the second form corresponds to the big winning opening opening game of the present invention. Also, the jackpot symbol in the second form corresponds to the specific symbol of the present invention. Further, the time saving design J2 in the second form corresponds to the special design of the present invention. Also, the main CPU 101 that executes the process of step 807 in the second form corresponds to the special symbol determining means of the present invention. Also, the normal game state in the second form corresponds to the first game state of the present invention. In addition, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT1 in the second form corresponds to the second gaming state of the present invention. Further, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-A in the second form corresponds to the third gaming state of the present invention. Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the game state setting process at the time of stop display in the second mode, the processes of steps 1304-1, 1304-2, etc., corresponds to the setting means of the present invention. Further, the time-saving end condition that the number of determinations of the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 in the second form has reached one corresponds to the predetermined end condition of the present invention. Moreover, the pachinko machine P in the above-described embodiment corresponds to the gaming machine of the present invention.
Further, the time saving design J1 in the second form corresponds to the first special design of the present invention (claim 2). Further, the time saving design J2 in the second form corresponds to the second special design of the present invention (claim 2). Further, the low-probability time-saving gaming state LJT2-B in the second form corresponds to the third gaming state of the present invention (claim 2).

P Pachinko machine 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
103 Main RAM
300 sub control board 301 sub CPU
302 sub-ROM
303 sub-RAM

Claims (2)

Based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, a specific pattern associated with execution of a large winning opening opening game in which a large winning opening that can be opened and closed is opened by lottery, and a plurality of special symbols including special patterns different from the specific design. A special symbol determining means capable of determining any of
A first game state, a second game state with a lower advantage than the first game state, and a third game state with a higher advantage than the first game state and the second game state and a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of game states including
The setting means
When the special symbol is determined in the first game state, the second game state is set, and when the big winning opening opening game based on the determination of the specific symbol is completed, the third game state is set,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second game state ends when a predetermined end condition is satisfied, but the third game state does not end even if the predetermined end condition is satisfied. Based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, a specific symbol associated with execution of a large winning opening opening game in which a large winning opening that can be opened and closed is opened by lottery, and a first special symbol which is a special symbol different from the specific symbol. and special symbol determination means capable of determining any one of a plurality of special symbols including the second special symbol,
A first game state, a second game state with a lower advantage than the first game state, and a third game state with a higher advantage than the first game state and the second game state a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of game states including
The setting means
When the first special symbol is determined in the first game state, the second game state is set, and when the second special symbol is determined in the first game state, the third game state is set. is set, and when the first special symbol or the second special symbol is determined in the second game state, the second game state is maintained,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second game state ends when a predetermined end condition is satisfied, but the third game state does not end even if the predetermined end condition is satisfied.

Images